A SUBJECT INDEX TO ELMER D. MERRILL'S 
"A BOTANICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 
ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC" 
By EGBERT H. WALKER 
INTRODUCTION 
A worker usually goes to a bibliography to find what has been pub- 
lished on a given subject. Less often does he search there to find what 
a particular author has written. Since most bibliographies are arranged 
alphabetically and then chronologically by author, they are thus actually 
adapted directly to the needs of the fewer consultants. Arrangement of 
the entries in a large bibliography by subject rather than by author, on 
the other hand, is difficult, because of the complexity of subjects and the 
extensive overlapping of treatments. Hence, most extensive bibliogra- 
phies need supplementary subject indices in order to adapt them to the 
needs of the greater number of users. The following subject index has 
been prepared to meet this need, a need that has tremendously increased 
with the focusing of the world's attention on the western Pacific Islands 
as a result of the late war. 
The foundation of this index is the information given in the titles 
and annotations in Dr. Merrill's bibliography. The attempt has been 
made to bring out and to make available, as far as practicable, all the 
subjects there indicated. However, it does not pretend to be more com- 
prehensive or precise than are those data. 
Some of the headings in this index are arranged alphabetically, some 
geographically, and some systematically. This combination of an alpha- 
betical and nonalphabetical arrangement is adopted in order to direct the 
user to as much material on a given subject as is possible. Some titles 
of articles are vague and comprehensive, and the material covered by 
them is so diverse and inclusive that it cannot all be revealed in a short 
title and annotation. Other titles are short, clear, and specific or are 
easily clarified by :m annotation. It is easy to index the subject or sub- 
jects dealt with in the second type of paper. However, much more com- 
plete and exact information on the same subject may be recorded in 
some work with an indefinite and comprehensive title than in a paper 
with a precise title. This subject index has, therefore, been designed, 
in so far as possible, to direct the user toward this hidden information. 
An explanation of the general plan of the index will be valuable to 
the users. The scheme of dividing material into the three Sections, I— 
323 
324 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
General, II—Regional, and III—Systematic, not only is used in the pri- 
mary divisions but also is extended to lesser subdivisions. The main 
headings used under Section I—General are not names of geographic 
entities or Latin or scientific names of plants or plant groups, as will 
be seen by scanning the marginal headings in boldface type on pages 
326 to 333. The alphabetical arrangement of these headings has a disad- 
vantage in that it dissociates related subjects. For example, Cultivated 
plants is related to Food plants, Economic plants, and Agriculture; 
therefore an investigator making an extensive search for material on 
any given subject must search under related headings in this alphabeti- 
cal sequence. 
Section II—Regional is subdivided into the three generally recognized 
main divisions of the Pacific Islands—Polynesia, Micronesia, and Mel- 
anesia. Island groups and nonassigned separate islands are recognized 
as seem appropriate, in the absence of any standard or universally adopted 
arrangement. The subsidiary index beginning on page 403 may be re- 
ferred to for overcoming the drawbacks of the nonalphabetic arrangement 
of geographic headings. The degree of subdivision of material dealing 
with the separate geographic units, such as Cook Islands, the Hawaiian 
Islands, Fiji, and Loyalty Islands, is not entirely uniform but depends 
upon the amount and character of the material to be so classified. The 
great quantity of material on Hawaii necessitates extensive subdivision, 
in which the main categories General, Regional (or Subdivisions), and 
systematic are again used. However, there is no need for such sub- 
division of the material on the Cook Islands, because of the small num- 
ber of references; the incidental annotations placed in parentheses after 
the author-date-letter are sufficient. Other variations will be apparent 
and should cause no confusion. 
Section III—Systematic begins with the comprehensive systematic 
treatments, such as world floras and taxonomic treatments of similar 
scope, which include references to Pacific botany or are essential in this 
connection. Following these preliminary references, the material in- 
cluded is subdivided first into the Myxomycetes, Schizomycetes, 
Algae, Fungi, Lichens, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae, and 
Angiospermae,1 essentially in accordance with the system presented in 
the 1936 edition of A. Engler's "Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien," a 
guide that has also been followed in preparing this index in other alloca- 
tions of material. Under each of these main headings the material is 
again divided according to the headings General, Regional, and Sys- 
tematic. The subdivisions under the third of these, namely, Systematic, 
varies in the different groups according to what seems likely to be the 
most useful. Thus the. Fungi are divided into Phycomycetes, Ascomy- 
1
 The heading Spermalophyta was omitted as unessential and unnecessarily complicating the 
matter of typography. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILLS BIBLIOGRAPHY 325 
cetes, Basidiomycetes, and Fungi Imperfect!, with the next subordinate 
category containing an alphabetical sequence of generic and family names 
combined. The seed-plant references, however, after subdivision into 
Gymnospermae and Angiospermae, are all assigned to families, these ar- 
ranged alphabetically. Genera under these families are given marginal 
recognition following the general works dealing with the family as a 
whole, if the bulk of material justifies it; otherwise, they are recognized 
in the parenthetical annotations only. 
It is recommended that the user of this index seek for the desired 
4 
information under the most specific heading first, and then look under 
progressively less specific headings. Thus, for example, one desiring 
information on the sweet potato, Ipomoea batatas, common throughout this 
region, must first check the references to that species under "Ipomoea" 
on page 377. Then he must scan successively the references to the genus 
Ipomoea as a whole, to the Convolvulaceae, and to the Angiospermae. 
One should then go to the still more general headings in Section I— 
General, since Ipomoea batatas is a widely cultivated plant and the 
desired information might be found in this section, either under Culti- 
vated plants, Economic plants, or Food plants. Thus one proceeds 
from the specific to the general. 
The same method is recommended in using Section II—Regional, 
where one should proceed from the smaller geographic unit to the 
greater. 
A few cautions: The parenthetical annotations in the index appear- 
ing after the authors-dates-letters are suggestive only. When in doubt 
as to their meaning or comprehensiveness, one must naturally consult 
the references in the body of the bibliography. Limited attention has 
been paid to synonymy; hence one looking for material on a particular 
species or genus should also look under the synonyms that have been 
used by various writers. There are listed in Section II—Regional among 
the references to a specific island or island group only systematic papers 
dealing with a specific taxonomic entity in a broad or comprehensive 
way. For example, O. Degener's paper (1932) containing a key to the 
Hawaiian species of Bid ens is included under Section II—Hawaiian 
Islands—Systematic treatments of specific groups—Angiospermae— 
Compositae, but E, E. Sherff's paper (1941d), containing a few new 
species, varieties, or combinations of Hawaiian Bidens species, is not 
included. The latter, however, is found in Section III—Systematic— 
Angiospermae—Compositae Bidens. More care has naturally been given 
some groups than others, because of their seemingly greater importance. 
It is impossible, however, to anticipate the needs of all users. Numerous 
cross references have been added in significant places to guide users to 
additional sources of information and to avoid unnecessary repetition. 
326 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
SECTION I—GENERAL 
Agriculture: Jeanneney, A., 1894 (New Caledonia).—Par ham, W. L.» 1937 (Fiji), 
See also Cultivated plants; Economic plants; Floristlc and general descriptions; 
etc. 
Anatomy, wood: See Woods and wood anatomy. 
Ant (myrmecophilous) plants: Beccari, O., 1884-86. 
Bibliographies; Anonymous, 1944 (s.w. Pacific).—Bailey, E., 1887 (Hawaii)— 
Bartlett, H. H., 1940 (Wilkes exped.—U, S, Explor. Exped.).—Bay, J. C., 1909 
(of bibliographies).—Blake, S, F., & Atwood, A. C., 1942 (floras).—Cheel, E., 
1906 (lichens).—Christensen, C., 1905-34 (Pteridophyta).—Collins, F. S., 1912 
(Wilkes exped.—U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Hallberg, S., 1940 (Skottsberg).— 
Hasskell, D. C., 1942 (U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Hyde, C. M., 1885 (Hawaii),— 
Jackson, B, D., 1881 ("Guide Bot. Lit."); 1882 (econ. bot.).—Krempelhuber, A. 
von, 1867-72 (lichens).—Lam, H. J., 1934 (New Guinea).—Lemmermann, E., 
1903 (phytoplankton).—Levrtng, T,, 1941 (Juan Fern&ndez algae).— McCaughey, 
V., 1918-19 (Hawaii).—Merrill, E. D.t 1924, 1937a, 1945c (Polynesian bot.).— 
Okamura, K., 1932, 1934 (algae).—Otero, J. J., & Cook, M. T,, 1934, 1935-38 
(virus diseases).—Parham, B. E. V., 1942a (Fiji).—Pritzel, G. A., 1847-72 
("Thesaurus"); 1855-66 ("Icones.").—Rehder, A., 1911-18 (woody pi.).—Reid, 
C. F., 1939 (Guam).—Tilden, J„ 1920 (algae).—Toni, G. B. de, 1931-32, 1937-39 
(algae).—Utinomi, H., 1945 (Micronesia).—Walker, E. H., 1945 (nat. hist, for 
servicemen).—Wycoff, E., 1913 (Oceania).—Merrill, E. D., 1946 (Merrill). 
Biographies: See Collectors, Collections, Explorers, and Expeditions. 
Camouflage: Parham, B. E. V., 1942d (climbing plants). 
Collections, specific: See next heading. 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions1: Bryan, E. H. 1933 (early 
Hawaiian botanists).—Fournier, P., 1932 (French missionary naturalists).— 
Skottsberg, C., 1941e (depositories of collections). 
"Albatross" Voyage: Mann, A., 1907 (diatoms). 
"Astrolabe," Voyage of: Hombron, J. B., and Jacquinot, C. H., 1845-55.— 
Montagne, J. F. C., 1842-45 (enum, cryptogams).—Richard, A., 1833-34. 
Aubert DE LA Rue, E.: Guillaumin, A., 1935, 1937 (New Hebrides). 
Banks, J.: Britten, J., 1905.—Parkinson, S., 1773. 
Barclay : Bcntham, G, 1843. 
Bauer, F.: Endlicher, S. L., 1833b (Norfolk Island). 
"Beagle," Voyage of: Darwin, G, 1839,1860. 
Beccari, O.: Kanehira, R., 1936a (portrait). 
Beechey, Capt. F, W. See "Blossom," Voyage of. 
Bektero, M. D.: Colla, L., 1833-36 (Juan Fernandez). 
"Blossom/* Voyage of: Beechey, F. W., 1831 (narrative).—Hooker, W. J., and 
Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 (botany). 
Bock C.: Skottsberg, C., 1938c (Masatierra in Juan Fernandez). 
"Bonite," Voyage of: Gaudichaud, C., 1846-66. 
"Bounty" Expedition : E., M., 1938. 
"Briton" Voyage: L., 1817 (to Pitcairn Island).—Shillibeer, J., 1817. 
Campbell, F. A.: Mueller, F. von, 1873 (New Hebrides, Loyalty Islands). 
"Challenger" Expedition: Baker, J. G., 1876c (ferns).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b 
(report insular floras).—Moseley, H. N., 1879 (notes). 
"CHENG Ho": Degener, O., 1943b (Fiji, narrative).—Smith, A. G, 1936^2 (Fiji 
plants). 
Coburg, Prince S.: Beck, G. von, 1888a.—Wawra, H. 1883. 
• Those who have written about their own voyages and collections are not usually listed here. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 327 
Comfton, R. H.: Compton, R. H., 1922 (Isle of Pines).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, 
E. G.f and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (New Caledonia, Isle of Pines.) 
Collie, A.: Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 ("Bot. Beechey's 
Voy."). 
Cook, Capt. James: Parkinson, S., 1768-83. 
"Coquuxe," Voyage of: Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. M., 1827-29 (enum. crypto- 
gams).—Brongiart, A. T., 1829-^34. 
Cuming, H.: St. John, H., 1940c (itinerary). 
Cunningham, A.: He ward, R., 1842 (biogr.). 
Daniker Expedition (New Caledonia and Loyalty Islands): Christen sen, C, 
1932.—Daniker, A. U., 1931,1932-33.—Schinz, H., 1929. 
Douglas, D.: Douglas D., 1914 (journal).—Hooker, W. J., 1836 (memoirs).— 
Wilson, W. F., 1919 (biogr.). 
Drake del Castillo: Jouan, H., 1896 (French Polynesia). 
"Endeavor," Voyage of: Parkinson, S., 1773 (journal). 
"Eugenie,0 Voyage of: Angstrom, J., 1872, 1873, 1875, 1876 (bryophytes). 
Forstek, G.: Forster, G., 1797.—Forster, J, R., and G., 1776, 1779. 
Freycinet, L. de : Gaudichaud, C., 1824, 1826-30. 
"Gazelle," Voyage of: Engler, A., 1886, 1889a, 1889b.—"Gazelle" Expedition, 
1889.—Kuhn, M., 1889 (ferns). 
Hatusima, S.: Ohwi, J., 1942a (Cyperaceae Micronesia). 
Hedley, C.: Hedley C., 1896-1900 (Funafuti, Ellice Isl.). 
"Herald," Voyage of : Milne, W., 1855 (Fiji, New Hebrides). 
Hillebrand, W.: St John, H,, 1942a. 
Hinds, R. B.: Bentham, G., 1843 (Fiji, New Hebrides, New Ireland, New 
Guinea). 
Hochreutinee, B. P. G.: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43. 
Jeanneney: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. II); 1914-45 (pt. LXXIX). 
Kajewski, S. F. (New Hebrides, Santa Cruz): Ames, O., 1932a (Orchidac.)— 
Guillaumin, A., 1931-33 (enum.). 
Kanehira, R.: Ohwi, J., 1942a (Cyperaceae Micronesia). 
Kawagoe, S.: Kawagoe, S., 1919 (enum.). 
Kotzebue, O. von : Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821, 1830, 1836.—Chamisso, L. C. A. 
von, and Schlechtendal, D. von, 1826-35.—Vogel, T., 1836. 
K&u SENS TERN, DE (Russian voyage): Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F, E. 
L., 1810-18 (ferns). 
LaRue, E. Aubert de : See Aubert de La Rue, E. 
Lay, G. T.: Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 ("Bot. Beechey's 
Voy."). 
Lesson, A.: Richard, A., 1833-34 ("Astrolabe"). 
Levat: Guillaumin, A., 1919-29 (New Hebrides). 
Levier Herbarium : Jatta, A., 1903-05 (lichens). 
Linden, J.: Linden, J., 1881 (introductions). 
Malaspina, A.: Malaspina, A., 1885. 
Martelli, U.: Kanehira, R., 1936a. 
Merrill, E. D.: Merrill, E. D., 1946. 
Ms YEN, F. J. F.: Meyen, F. J. F., 1843. 
"Novara," Voyage of : Fenzl, E., 1867-70. 
Parkinson, S.: Parkinson, S., 1773, 
Parks, H. E.: Copeland, E. B., 1931b (ferns Rarotonga).—Setchell, W. A., 
1926b (Tahiti). 
"Physicienne/1 Voyage of : Gaudichaud, A., 1826-30. 
Rechinger, K,: Rechinger, K., 1907-15. 
328 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Remy, J.; Roumegu£re, C., 1882 (cryptogams). 
Romanzofk Expedition. See Kotzebue, O. von. 
Savatier : Stapf, O., 1909 (hist, contents herb.) 
Seemann, B.: Gray A., 1862a (Fiji). 
"Sebincapatam," Voyage of: Waldgrave, W., 1833 (journal, Tonga Island, 
Tahiti, Marquesas). 
Setchell, W. A.t and C B.: Setchell, W. A., 1926b (Tahiti). 
Skottsberg, C.: Hallberg, S., 1940 (bibliog.). 
Solander, D. C.: Britten, J., 1905.—Parkinson, S„ 1773. 
"Sulphur," Voyage of: Bentham, G., 1844-45. 
"Tuscan," Voyage or: Bennett, F. D., 1840. 
U, S. Exploring Expedition ("Wilkes Expedition") : Bartlett, H. H., 1940 (hist, 
of reports on coll.).—Bracken ridge, W. D., 1854-55 (ferns).—Collins, F. S., 
1912 (bibliog.).—Cooley, M. E., 1940 (places visited).— Gray, A., 1854-57; 
1861a (Compositae) ; 1861b (Lobeliac., Goodeniac.); 1861-62; 1877.—Hasketl, 
D. C., 1942 (exped., publ.). 
"Uranie," Voyage of: Gaudichaud, C.p 1826-30. 
"Venus," Voyage of : Decaisne, J., 1846-64. 
ViLMORiN, Ph. L. de: Vilmorin, [J. M.] P. L. de, 1905 (cat. coll.). 
Wilkes Expedition. See U. S. Exploring Expedition. 
mZ£l£e," Voyage of: Hombron, J. B., and Jacquinot, C. H., 1845-55.—Montagne, 
J. F. C., 1843—45 (enum, cryptogams). 
See also History of botany and botanical exploration; and under Section II— 
Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General; Melanesia—Fiji Islands; Melanesia— 
New Caledonia; and in Section III—Algae—General; Fungi—General; 
Lichens—General; Bryophytes—Musri—General; and Pteridophyta—General. 
Coral reefs or islands: Bryan, E. H., 1941, 1942.—Christopher sen, E., 1927b (plant 
life).—Howe, M. A., 1912.—McCaughey, V,, 1916g, 1918n (Hawaii).—Setchell, 
W. A., 1923 (Tahiti); 1928b (pliytogeogr.). 
See also Section III—Algae—Systematic—Rhodophyceae—Corallinaceae. 
Cultivated plants: Degener, O., 1945a (tropical).—Hemsley, W. B., 1878, 1879a 
( distrib.).—Merrill, E. D., 1945c. 
See also Economic plants; Food plants; etc.; and under Section II—Polynesia- 
Hawaiian Islands—General. 
Diseases. See Hosts and their diseases and Virus diseases. 
Drug plants. See Medicinal plants. 
Ecology: See Section I—Phytogeography; Section 11—-Polynesia—Hawaiian 
Islands—Phytogeography and ecology; and Section III—Algae—General— 
Phytogeography and ecology. 
Economic plants: Anonymous, 1893 (Tahiti).—Bennett, G., 1832b (Hawaii).— 
Berland, L., and others, 1934 (peopling Pacific Islands).—Eulow, W., von, 1S96 
(Samoa).—Chase, F. M., 1942 (algae).—Cordemoy, C. J. dc, 1899 (gums, 
resins).—Cox, L. M., 1926 (Guam).—Cuzent, G., I860, 1861a, (Tahiti).— 
Daenzer, F. G., 1834 (Euphorbiaceae).—Degener, O., 1945a (tropical)—Duchesne, 
E. A., 1836.—Finsch, O., 1887, 1893 (Micronesia).—Guiliaumin, A., 1923 (French 
Polynesia).—Harvey, W. H., 1857 (Fiji).—Heckel, E., 1892, 1913 (New Cale- 
donia).—Henry, C., 1922 (Marquesas).—Hill, A, F., 1939a, 1942 (names).— 
Home, J., 1881 (Fiji).—Hubert, G, 1912 (fruits).—Jackson, B. D.t 1882 
(bibliog.).—Jouan, H., 1865 (origin); 1874, 1876 (general); 1882 (pi. introd.); 
1884 (peopling Pacif. islands).—Judd, A. F. 1933 (ancient Hawaii).—Jumelle, 
H., 1901 (general).—Lanessan, J. L. de, 1886 (general).—Lindley, J., 1849 (econ. 
bot.).—Merrill, E. D., 1920 (origin, distrib.).—Miller, C. D., 1927 (algae).— 
Muller, W., 1917 (Yap).—Naudin, C., and Mueller, F. von, 1887 (agr. industry).— 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 329 
Parham, B. E. V., 1942b, 1944 (Fiji).—Parham, H. B. R., 1937, 1943 (Fiji).— 
Parham, W. L., 1929 (Fiji).—Perret, V., 1893 (New Caledonia).—Pickering, C.( 
1863-76 (distrib.); 1879 (history).—Reed, M., 1907 (algae).—Reinecke, F. 1895b 
(Samoa). Sadebeck, R., 1897, 1899 (German colonies).—Safert, E., 1919 
(Kusaie).—Safford, W. E., 1905 (Guam); 1921 (origin).—Seemann, B., 1861e, 
1862o, 1880 (Fiji).—Setchell, W. A., 1924 (Samoa).—Seurat, L. G., 1905 (French 
Polynesia).—Soubeiran, J, L., 1870.—Thompson, L., 1940 (s. Lau in Fiji).— 
Vieillard, E., 1862a (New Caledonia).—Vieillard, E., and Deplanche, E., 1862-63 
(New Caledonia).—Virey, J. J., 1843 (Marquesas, Society Islands).—Wohltmann, 
F., 1904 (Samoa). 
See also specific headings as: Agriculture, Cultivated plants, Fiber plants, etc, 
Epiphytes: Hosokawa, T., 1943a (Ponape, Micronesia). 
Expeditions, specific: See collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions. 
Explorers: See collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions. 
Fiber plants; Blackmann, L, G, 1903 (Hawaii).—Bryan, E. H., 1933 (Hawaii).— 
Home, E., 1847 (cloth).—McCaughey, V., 1918 (Hawaii).—Parham, B. E. V., 
1944 (Fiji). 
Floras, enumerations, and list of Pacific or South Sea plants as a whole: Drake 
del Castillo, E., 1886-92.—Endlicher, S. L., 1837. 
For floras, enumerations, and lists of smaller regions see Section II. 
Floristic and general descriptions: See Collectors, collections, explorers, and ex- 
peditions ; PlytogeograpTiy; and in Section II under various regional names. 
Food plants: Anonymous, 1942a (emergency).—Bennett, G., I832d (Tahiti).— 
Bois, D., 1927-37 (monogr.).—Bryan, E. H., 1933 (Hawaii).—Chase, F. M., 1942 
(algae).—Coster, S. E. H., 1938 (Fiji).—Chung, H. L., and Ripperton, J. C., 
1929 (oriental vegetables in Hawaii).—Cranwell, L. M., and others, 1943 (em- 
ergency).—Forster, G., 1786a, 1797.—Henry, C., 1922 (Marquesas).—Harwood, 
L. W., 1938 (native, Fiji).—Heuze, G., 1899.—Jouan, H., 1875.—Jumelle, H., 
1910 (tuberous).—Lepine, J., 1857 (Tahiti).—MacCaughey, V., 1917 1 (of ancient 
Hawaiians).—Merrill, E. D., 1943 (emergency); 1945c (general).—Miller, C. D., 
1927 (algae); 1929 (food values).—Milne, W., 1859, 1860b (native, Fiji),— 
Okabe, M., 1941c (Palao Is.).—Paillieux, A., and Bois, D., 1884, 1899 (monogr.). 
—Parham, B. E. V., 1944 (introd. Fiji).—Popenoe, W.t 1920 (fruits).—Reed, M., 
1907 (algae).—Sturtevant, E. L, 1919 (notes).—Surridge, H. R., and Parham, 
B. E. V., 1941 (vegetables, Fiji).—Wilder, G. P., 1907, 1911 (fruits). 
Fossil plants: See Paleobotany. 
Forage plants: Jacques, C., 1940a (New Caledonia).—McClelland, C, K., 1915 
(Hawaii).—Parham, B.E.V., 1944 (Fiji).—Parham, W. L, 1942 (Fiji).—Rip- 
perton, J. C., Goff, R. A., Edwards, D. W., and Davis, W C, 1933 (Hawaii).— 
Tothill, J. D., 1929 (Fiji). 
Forests and forestry: Baker, J. R„ and Baker, L., 1936 (seasons in rain forests in 
New Hebrides).—Merrill, E. D., 1945c (general). 
See also under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General; Micronesia— 
General; Melanesia—Fiji. 
Galls: Docters van Leeuwen, W. M., 1922 (on Broussaisio argttfa).-^Howard, C.K 
1916-25, 1921 (New Caledonia); 1922-23 (Oceania, etc.). 
Gums: Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1899. 
History of botany and botanical exploration: Bryan, E. H., 1928b (Hawaii).— 
Colby, J. A., 1934 (plant hunting).—Farlow, W. G., 1916 (algae).—Forbes, C. N., 
1913c (Hawaii).—Howe, S. E., 1943 (exploration).—MacCaughey, V., 1917o, 
1918-19 (Hawaii).—Merrill, E D., 1941 (man's influence on vegetation); 1945c 
(general).—Pickering, C., 1863-76; 187? (chrp^ol. hist pi ).—Safford, W. E,,, 
330 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
1905a (Guam).—Skottsberg, C., 1941e.—Tilden, J.( 1921 (algae). 
See also Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions. 
Hosts and their diseases: Parris, G, K., 1940 (Hawaii). 
Artocarpus integer: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f (Phytophthora hibernalis). 
Banana (Musa paradisiaca) (Musaceae): Carpenter, C W., 1919 (freckle or 
black spot disease). 
Broussaisia argentea (Saxifragaceae): Docters van Leeuwen, W. M., 1922 
(galls). 
Chaetochloa (Setaria) verticillata (Gramineae): Kunkel, L. O., 1922 (mo- 
saic disease). 
Citrus (Rutaceae): Parham, B. E. V., 1937a, 1942f (Fiji), 
Corn (Zea mais) (Gramineae): Kunkel, L. O., 1921 (mosaic disease). 
Chops in Hawaii, Truck: Parris, G. K., 1938a. 
Cruciferae: Parham, B, E, V., 1942f (Albugo Candida, Fiji). 
Hibiscus (Malvaceae) : Lyon, H. L., 1915d (Xytaria). 
Insects: Larsen, L. D., 1911b (Aspergiilus on Pseudococctts calceotariae),— 
Fetch, T., 1914, 1921 (Aschersonia taitmsis); 1931 (Metarrkisium anisopliae). 
—Speare, A. T., 1912a (M. anisopUae and Sterigmatocystis ferruginea on borer 
beetle) ; 1912b (on sugar cane insects). 
Leguminosae: Lyon, H. L., 1911c (resistance to Fusariutn> etc.) ; 1913a (diseases 
of jack bean).—Parris, G. K., 1938b (Uromyces phaseoli on beans in Hawaii). 
Macropiper (Piper) methysticum (Piperaceae): Parham, B. E. V., 1935 (wilt 
disease). 
Nematodes : Linford, M. B,, 1937, 1939, 
Pandanaceae: Verona, O., 1931 (Phoma, Macrophoaia). 
Papaya (Corica papaya) (Caricaeae) : Parris, G. K. 1939a. 
Pennisetum purpureum (Gramineae): Parris, G. K., 1942 (Helminthosporium 
sacckari). 
Pineapple (Ananas saliva) (Bromeliaceae) : Carpenter, C. W., 1920b (Pythium). 
—Carter, W., 1939 (distrib. yellow spot).—Cobb, N. A., 1907.—Larsen, L. !>., 
1910a, 1910c, 1911a.—Lyon, H. L., 1915c.—Waldron, G. C., 1927 (pink disease). 
Portulaca olkracea (Portulacaceae): Mehrlich, F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M., 
1935 (Dtchotomophthora). 
Potato (Solatium tuberosum) (Solanaceae): Carpenter, C. W., 1920a, 1913a (in 
Hawaii). 
Sugarcane (Saccharum offtcinarum) (Gramineae): Agee, H, P., 1915 (lahaina 
disease).—Carpenter, C. W., 1921, 1928-34 (root rot); 1940 (streak disease).— 
Caum, E. L., 1919 (Phylbsticta hawaiiensis) ; 1920; 1921 (checklist).—Cobb, 
N. A., 1906, 1909.—Doty, R. E., 1920 (yellow stripe).—Edgerton, C. W., 1913 1 
(stem rot).—Kunkel, L. O., 1924a (Fiji disease); 1924b, 1924c (mosaic disease). 
—Larsen, L. D., 1910; 1912a (eye spot); 1912b (Cercospora vaginae); 1913b 
(ring spot).—Lee, H. A., and Jennings, W. C., 1924 (bacterial red stripe).— 
Lee, H. A., Martin, J, P., and others, 1924 (red stripe).—Lewton-Brain, L., 
1907 (rind disease) ; 1908 (red rot) ; 1909a.—Lewton-Brain, L., and Doerr, 
N., 1909 (bacterial flora).—Lyon, H. L., 1910a, 1910c, 1910d, 1911a, 1911b, 
1912a, 1912b, 1913b, 1915a, 1915b, 1919b, 1920b, 1920c, 1921a, 1927b.—Martin, 
J. P., 1930a, 1930b, 1931.—Martin, J. P., Carpenter, C. W., and Weller, D. M., 
1932 (leaf scald).—Masters, M. T., 1921b (Fiji disease).—McGeorge, W. T,, 
1924 (lahaina disease).—Stevenson, J. A., and Rands, R. D.t 1938 (list fungi, 
bacteria).—Williams, W. L. S., 1920 (pahala blight). 
Taro (Colocasia esculent a) (Araceae) : Parris, G. K., 1941. 
Tournefortia (Boraginaceae) : Cummins, G. B., 1937-43. 
Illustrations: Anonymous, 1845 (vegetation),—Bols, D., 1896.—Cavanilles, A, J.f 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 331 
1791-1801.—Delessert, B., 1820—46.—Drake del Castillo, E., 1886-92.—Duchesne, 
E. A., 1836-46.—Geel, P. C. van, 1828-32.—Harvey, W. H., 1847-49 (algae).— 
Herder, F. von., 1885.—Hooker, W. J,, 1836-1940.—Kittlitz, F. H. von, 1844-45, 
1861 (vegetation).—Kutzing, F. T.t 1845-71 (algae).—Lindley, J., and Paxton, 
J., 1850-84.—Merrill, E. D., 1945c (common species).—Parkinson, S., 1768-83.— 
Pritzel, G. A., 1855-66 (index).—Sajo, K., 1906.—Schrank, F. P. von, 1817-22.— 
Stapf, O., 1929-31 ("Index Londinensis").—Worsdell, W. C, 1941 (index). 
See also under Section III—Pteridophyta—General. 
Indices and nomenclators: Brigham, W. T., 1900 (Pacific islands).—Christensen, 
C., 1905-34 ("Index Filicum").—Dalla Torre, C. G. de, and Harms, H., 1900-07 
("Genera Siphonogamarum").—Hobbs, W. H., 1945 (classification of islands).— 
Hue, A. M., 1899 (lichens).—Jackson, B. D., 1893-1938 ("Index Kewensis").— 
Lyons, A, B., 1900 ("Plant names")Pritzel, G. A., 1855-66 ("Iconum botani- 
carum").—Sprague, T. A., 1928-29 (spelling generic names).—Stapf, O., 1929- 
31 ("Index Londinensis").—Steudel, E. G., 1821-24, 1840-41 ("Nomenclator 
botanicus"). 
Institutions, records or collections of specific: See under Miscellaneous notes and 
descriptions; Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions; and other headings. 
Introduced and naturalized plants: See under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian 
Islands; and Melanesia—Fiji. 
Introduction or origin of plants: Guillaumin, A., 1942 (New Caledonia).— Jouan, 
H., 1865, 1882, 1884.—Linden, J., 1881b.—Merrill, E. D., 1937b, 1941.—Mueller, F. 
von, 1872-95 (to Australia).—Pickering, C, 1863-76. 
See also Economic plants; and Phytogeography; and in Section III under in- 
dividual species, especially Palmae—Cocos nucifera—Coconut palm. 
Keys for determination of families: Guillaumin, A., 1943b (New Caledonia).— 
St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1938, 1940 (Hawaii). 
Leaf uses by Hawaiians: Thrum, T. G., 1922. 
See also various Floras under Section II. 
Leis, plants used in: Brown, E. D. W., 1931. 
Mangroves: Kariyone, T., 1927.—MacCaughey, V., 1917k (Hawaii).—Merrill, 
E. D., 1945c.—Ogura, Y., 1942 (Micronesia).—Slooten, D. F. van, 1937.— Yama- 
moto, Y., 1940, 
Medicinal plants: Daenzer, F. G., 1834 (Euphorbiac.).—Duchesne, E. A., 1836-46.— 
Forster, G., 1786a.—Handy, E, 5. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K., 1935 
(Hawaii).—Junielle, H., 1901.—Jussieu, A. tie, 1824 (Euphorbiaceae).—Kaaiaka- 
manu, D. M., and Akina, J. K., 1922 (Hawaii).—Lindley, J., 1838c, 1849 (medi- 
cal flora).—Naudin, C. and Mueller, F. von, 1887 (manual).—Neal, M. C., 1934 
(Hawaii).—Okabe, M., 1941b (Palao Is.).—Parham, H, B. R, 1943 (Fiji).— 
Rougier, E., 1923-24 (Fiji),—Stokes, J., 1812, 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Anonymous, 1871 (Gt. Brit. 1870); 1892- 
1939 ("Decades Kew.").—Bailey, L. H., 1916 ("Nomcncl. transf").—Baillon, H., 
1868-79.—Blume, C. L., 1849-56 ("Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat.").—Brown, F, B. H,, 
1930a.—Bull, W.( 1875.—Degener, O., 1945.—Druce, G. C., 1914, 1917 (nomen- 
clature).—Fedde, F., 1908b, 1908-12.—Forster, G., 1780.—Forster, J. R„ and 
G., 1776, 1779.—Gandoger, M., 1918-19.— Gill, W. W., 1889.—Hornemann, J. W., 
1813-19 ("Hort. bot. Hafniensis").—Jardin, £., 1875.—Knuth, P., 1898-1905 
("Handb. Bluthenbiol.").—Link, H, F., 1821-22 ("Enum. pi. hort. bot. Berolin."). 
—Mathieu, C., 1882-84.—Moore, T., 1881-85, 1883-84.—Mueller, F. von, 1872-95.— 
Paxton, J., 1836-38.—Presl, K. B., 1851.—Pucci, A., 1895-96.—Rafarin—, 1877.— 
Rafinesque, C. S., 1837-38, 1838.—Sajo, K., 1906.—Scheffer, R. H. C. C., 1874.— 
Seemann, B„ 1862g, 1864b.—Smith, J. E., 1802-20.—Sprague, T. A., 1928-29 (spell- 
ing generic names).—Sprengel, K., 1813-15, 1820-22.—Thunberg, C. P., 1781-1801 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
("Nov. gen. pi.").—Ventenat, E. P., 1803-05.—Vos, A. de, 1875-83 ("Enum. 
method.").—Walpers, W. G., 1842-47 ("Repert. Bot, Syst."); 1848-71 ("Ann. 
bot. syst").—Warburg, O., 1899-1900 ("Monsunia").—Willdenow, C. L., 1809-13 
("Enum. pi, hort. bot. Berolin."). 
See also Illustrations; and similar headings in Section I; also under various 
headings in Sections II and III. 
Monuments in Hawaii, natural: Miyoshi, M., 1927. 
Nomenclators: See Indices and nomenclators. 
Organizations and institutions, Polynesian plants or specimens of specific: See 
under Miscellaneous notes and descriptions; Collectors, collections, explorers, 
and expeditions; and other headings. 
Ornamental plants: See under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General. 
Paleobotany: Crie, L., 1889 (French Polynesia).—Ettinghausen, C. von, 1861 
(leaf skeletons); 1864 (ferns).—Guitlaumin, A., 1919 (New Caledonia).— 
Loubiere, A., 1936 (Cedroxylon, New Caledonia).—Zeiller, R., 1889 (New Cale- 
donia) . 
Paleogeography: Setchell, W. A., 1934.—Wolff, E. V., 1944. 
Photographs: Daniker, A. U., 1939 (New Caledonia). 
See also illustrations. 
Phytogeography: Andrews, E. C., 1941 (origin of flora).—Anonymous, 1892 (origin 
of flora).—Balansa, B., 1873 (New Caledonia).—Berg, L. S.t 1930 (northern 
elements).—Brown, E. D W.t 1932 (Malayan elements in ferns in se. Poly- 
nesia).—Brown, F. B, H., and Brown, E. D. W., 1933.—Campbell, D. H., 
1916 (problems) ; 1943 (continental drift).—Christ, H., 1910 (ferns),—Christen- 
sen, C., 1920 (number of species).—Copeland, E. B., 1939b, 1941a (ferns from 
Antarctica).—Drude, O., 1884, 1890, 1897 (handbook).—Engler, A., 1882 
(monogr.).—Grisebach, A. H, R., 1872, 1877-78, 1880 (monogr,).—Guillaumin, 
A., 1921a, 1928, 1929a, 1934a, 1934b.—Guillemard, F. H. H., 1894.—Gulick, A., 
1932.—Hallier, H., 1912.—Harris, J. A., 1938 (plant sap).—Hayek, A., 1926 
(monogr.).—Heckel, E., 1892 (zones, New Caledonia).—Hemsley, W, B., 1885c 
(dispersal).—Hill, A. W., 1929 (problems).—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1928.— 
Hooker, J. D., 1867.—Hosokawa, T., 1934c, 1935b (Marianas, Bonin Islands).— 
Kanehira, R., 1933d, 1941 (Micronesia).—Kny, L. 1867.—Merrill, E. D., 1928 
(problems); 1936 (Malaysia-Polynesia); 1945c.—Mueller, F. von, 1873 (Loyalty 
Islands and New Hebrides).—Munro, G. C., 1932.—Reinecke, F., 1903a (Samoa); 
1906 (Polynesia).—Ridley, H. N., 1930 (dispersal).—Schlechter, R., 1905 (New 
Caledonia).—Schouw, J. F., 1835.—Setchell, W. A., 1928a, 1928b, 1934, 1935c.— 
Simmons, H. G., 1905 (algae).—Skottsberg, C,, 1928d, 1936a, 1938b, 1940c, 1941b.— 
Tashiro, Y., 1890 (voyage),—Tate, R., 1893 (New Hebrides) .—Virot, R., 1939 
(New Caledonia).—Wallace, A. R., 1880 ("Island life").—Watanabe, K., 1941 
(Micronesia).—Woolnough, W. G., 1903 (continental origin of Fiji).—Wulff, 
E. V., 1932-43, 1944 (historical).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae). 
See also under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General. 
Plankton: Lemmermann, E., 1899,1901,1903. 
Palau Island: Matue, Y., 1942.—Motoda, S., 1941.—Tokioka, T., 1941a, 1942b. 
Poisonous plants: Arnold, H., 1931, 1944 (Hawaii).—Chevalier, A., 1937 (fish 
poisons, insecticides)Duchesne, E. A., 1836-46.—Merrill, E. D., 1943.—Par- 
ham, B. E, V., 1937b (Fiji).—Powell, T., 1877 (Samoa),—Radlkofer, L., 1887 (fish 
poisons).—Rock, J. F., 1920c (Hawaii).—Seemann, B., 1861 d (Fiji).—Stokes, 
J. F. G., 1921 (fish poisons, Hawaii).—Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, 
F. N., 1940 (fish poisons).—Zschokke, T. C-, 1933a, 1933b (Hawaii). 
Pollen: Wodehouse, R. P., 1935. 
Preservation (Conservation) of plants in Hawaii: Munro, G. C, 1933.. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 
Quarantine in Hawaiian Islands, plant: Ehrhorn, £. M., 1921. 
Resins: Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1899. 
Rubber: Jumelle, H., 1898.—Poisson, J., 1900 (New Caledonia). 
Scented woods: Metcalfe, C. R., 1935 (structure). 
Seed dispersal: Guppy, H. B., 1903-06.—Judd, C. S., 1936 (Hawaii).—Ridley, H. N„ 
1930.—Skottsberg, C., 1930b (Juan Fernandez). 
Systematic treatments of a world-wide nature, comprehensive: See introductory 
references at beginning of Section HI.—Systematic. 
Tanning plants: Voronov, G. N.t 1937. 
Trees: See under Section II—Polynesia—Hawaiian Islands—General; Micronesia— 
General; and Melanesia—Fiji. 
Vernacular names: Beaglehole, E., and P., 1938 (Pukapuka—Danger Islands).— 
Christian, F. W., 1897 (Ponape).—Christophersen, E., 1935 (Samoan).— 
Duchesne, E. A., 1836-46 (French).—Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A, L., 1914 
Hawaiian).—Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (part XXI) (French, New Caledonia).— 
Guillaumin, A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L, 1936 (Easter Island).— 
Guppy, H. B., 1897 (Polynesian).—Hambruch, P., 1932 (Ponape).—Judd, A. F., 
1933 (Hawaiian).—Kramer, A., 1929 (Palau).—Lyons, A- B., 1900 ("Plant 
names").—Merrill, E. D., 1937b (significance), 1943 (food and poisonous pi.); 
1945c (significance).—Parham, B. E. V., 1942a (Fijian).—Parham, H. B, R., 
1935, 1943 (Fijian).—Parham, W. L., 1929 (Fijian).—Powell, T„ 1868a (Sa- 
moan).—Record, M., 1945 (Melanesian woody pi,).—Rock, J. F., 1913b 
(Hawaiian),—Safford, W. E,, 1921 (cult. pi. Polynesia).—Seurat, L. G., 19—? 
(Polynesia).—Tuyama, T., 1941a, 1941b (Palau Is., Carolines, Micronesia).— 
Wright, C. Harold, 1918 (Fijiian). 
See also under Section III—Fungi—General. 
Virus diseases: Cook, M. T., 1935 (host index).—Lyon, H. L., 1921b (Fiji disease). 
—Otero, J. J., and Cook, M. T., 1934, 1935-38 (bibliography).—Parris, G. K, 
1939b (papaya); 1940 (check list, Hawaii). 
Voyages: See Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions. 
Weeds: Barnes, A. C., 1930 (Fiji).—Greenwood, W,, 1943, 1944 (Fiji).—Lever, 
R. J. A. W., 1946 (Fiji).—Merrill, E. D., 1945c (general).—Parham, B. E. V., 
1938-40, 1942e, 1945a (Fiji).—Parham, W. L., 1942 (Fiji).—St. John, H., and 
Hosaka, E. Y„ 1928a, 1928b, 1932a, 1932b (Hawaii)Simmonds, H. W., 1931-32 
(Fiji) ; 1932b (control). 
Woods and wood anatomy: Auld, W., and Baldwin, D. D., 1890 (Hawaiian 
woods).—Brown, F. B. H.f 1922 (Hawaiian trees).—Burgerstein, A., 1908 
(Samoan woods).—Loubiere, A., 1936 (silicified wood, Cedroxylon, New Cale- 
donia) .—Lydgate, J. M„ 1882-83 (Hawaiian).—MacCaughey, V., 1916d 
(Hawaiian).—Metcalfe, C. R., 1935 (sandalwood, scented woods).—Mezger, K., 
1926 (New Caledonia).—Rehder, A., 1911-18 ("Bradley bibliog.").—Sebert, H., 
[and Pancher, I.] 11874] (New Caledonia). 
Woody plants, bibliography of: Rehder, A., 1911-18 ("Bradley bibliog."). 
SECTION II—REGIONAL 
POLYNESIA 
Bartram, E. B., 1940 (enum. Musci se. Polynesia).—Brown, E. D. W., 1932 
(Indo-Malayan ferns in Polynesia)—Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H„ 
1931a, 1931b (syst. treat, ferns).—Brown, F. B. H., 1932 (Dicotyledons).—Bryan, 
E. H., 1941, 1942 (veg. Amer. Polynesia) .—Bureau, E., 1895 (notes French Poly- 
700080—47—22 
334 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
nesia).—Copeland, E. B., 1938a (enum. ferns) ,—Diels, L., 1921-30 (lists, etc.).— 
Drake del Castillo, E., 1891 (general); 1893 (flora French Polynesia).—Forster, 
G., 1786b (flora).—Fosberg, F. R., 1937a (enum. Rubiaceae se, Polynesia).— 
Guillaumin, A., 1923 (econ. pi.).—Hosokawa, T., 1943b (general).—jouan, P., 
1896 (Drake del Castillo in French Polynesia)-—Patouillard, N., 1906a (fungi 
French Polynesia).—Privat-Deschanel, P., 1930 (general).—Reinecke, F., 1902b 
(general); 1906 (phytogeogr.).—Schnee, H., 1920 (encyclopaedic).—Schumann, 
K., 1888 (crit.).—Seurat, L. G., 1905 (econ. pi.).—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944 (for- 
ests, trees, centr. and sw. Pacific).—Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal). 
Austral Islands — Tubuai Islands. 
Cook Islands: Luerssen, C., 1873b (list ferns). 
Mancaia; Dickie, G., 1875 (list algae). 
Manikiki : Cranwell, L. M., 1933 (list).—Linton, A. M.f 1933 (veg.). 
Rarotonga: Cheeseman, T. F., 1903 (flora).—Christensen, C., 1920 (phyto- 
geogr.).—Copeland, E. B., 1931b (Park's fern coll.).—Hemsley, W. B,t 1884 
(list).—Jatta, A., 1903-05 (lichens Levier coll.).—Martelli, U., 1933c (Pandana- 
ceae).—Sbarbaro, C., 1939 (lichens).—Skottsberg, C., 1933c (Myoporum).— 
Wilder, G. P., 1930 (notes) ; 1931 (flora). 
Danger Islands—Pukafuka : Bcaglehole, E., and Beaglehole, P., 1938 (local 
names). 
Easter Island: Borgesen, P., 1924 (marine algae).—Brotherus, V. F., 1924a, 
1924b (enum. Musci).—Christensen, C.t and Skottsberg, C., 1920b (list ferns).— 
Fries, T. C. E., 1922 (Gasteromycetes).—Fuentes, F., 1913 (list).—Guillaumin, 
A., Camus, A., and Tardieu-Blot, M. L., 1936 (list).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b 
(general).—Herzog, T., 1942 (list foliose Hepaticae).—Hicken, C. M., 1913 
(ferns).—Knoche, W., 1919 (cult. pi.).—Levring, T.f 1943b (Corallinaceae).— 
Looser, G., 1932 (descr. veg.).—Metraux, A., 1940 (ethnology).—Petersen, J. B., 
1926 (Cyanophyceae).—Skottsberg, C, 1920-43 (nat. hist.) ; 1922 (enum.); 1927b 
(list); 1928a (ccol.) ; 1934c (phytogeogr.).—Strom, K. M., 1922 (freshwater al- 
gae).—Theriot, J., 1937 (list Musci).—Zahlbruckner, A.( 1924, 1928 (lichens). 
Ellice Islands: Howe, M. A., 1912 (coral reefs). 
Funafuti: Barton, E. S., 1900 (crit. algae).—Foslie, M., 1900a (calcareous 
algae).—Hedley, C., 1896-1900 (notes).—Luerssen, C., 1871 (enum. ferns).— 
Maiden, J. H., 1904 (enum.). 
Equatorial Islands. See Line Islands. 
Friendly Islands. See Tonga Islands. 
Hawaiian Islands: 
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 
general 
Bibliographies: Bailey, E., 1887.—Hyde, C. M,, 1885.—MacCaughey, V., 1918-19. 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions: Bryan, E. H., 1933 (pioneer 
botanists). 
Beechey's VOYAGE. See "Blossom," Voyage of, 
Bercgren, Sven: Skottsberg, C., 1943b (enum.). : 
"Blossom," Voyage of: Hooker, W. J,, and Walker-Amott, G. A., 1830-41 
(enum.). 
"Donau": Wawra, H., 1872-73 (general descr.). 
Douglas, D.: Douglas, D., 1914 (journal).—Hooker, W. J., 1836. 
Freycinet, L. de: Gaudichaud, C., 1824 (n. gen., n. spp.). 
"Herald," Voyage of: Seeman, B., 1853c (narrative). 
Hillebrand, W.: Lydgate, J. M., 1919-21 (narrative). 
Hochreuttner, B. P. G.: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43 (enum. coll.). 
Kotzebue, O. von: Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821, 1830 (crit.). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL^ BIBLIOGRAPHY 335 
Macrae, J.: Wilson, W. F„ 1922 (narrative). 
Menzies, A.: Wilson, W. F., 1920 (journal). 
Ms YEN, F. J. F.: Meyen, F. J. F., 1834-35 (narrative) ; 1843 (enuin.). 
Rouanzoff Expedition : Chamisso, L. C. A. von, and Schlechtendal, D, von, 1826- 
35 (entim.). 
U. S. Exploring Expedition : Gray, A., 1857 (n. gen., n. spp.) ; 1877. 
Coral reefs: MacCaughey, V,, 1916g, 1918 n. 
Cultivated plants: Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (fruits, nuts).—Brigham, W. T., 1906 
(fruits).—Crawford, D. L., 1937 (crops),—Handy, E. S. C, 1940 ("Hawaiian 
planter").—Miller, C. D., and Bazore, D., 1937 (fruits).—Neal, M. G, 1928.— 
Rock, J, F., I916d.—Stubbs, W. C., 1910.—Weymouth, C., 1904. 
Economic plants: Bennett, G., 1832b.—Judd, A. F., 1933 (ancient). 
Fiber plants: Blackman, L. G., 1903.—Bryan, R. H., 1933.—MacCaughey, V.t 19181. 
Floras, enumerations, and lists (exclusive of those of specific collections, for which 
see Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions) : Brigham, W. T., 1868b 
(summary).—Bryan, E. H., 1928a (guide to groups) ; 1934 (statistics).—Caum, 
E. L, 1930a (list Molokini); 1936 (list Lehua, Kaula Islands).—Christophersen, 
E„ and Caum, E. L., 1931a (enum. Leeward Islands).—Degener, O., 1932-40, 1937 
("Flora Hawaiiensis") (also 1926, 1930a, 1932a, 1932b).—Fagerlund, G. O., and 
Mitchell, A. L., 1944 (checklist Hawaii Nat. Pk.).—Forbes, C. N., 1913a (list, 
Kahoolawe, Molokini); 1913b (enum., Niihau).—Heller, A. A., 1897 (enum.).— 
Hillebrand, W., 1888a (flora).—Judd, C. S., 1921b (trees, Kilauea Nat. Pk.).— 
Kraebel, C. J., 1922 (list, Mauna).—MacCaughey, V., 1916e (list, woody pi. Kona- 
huanui); 1916f (list, Waianae Mtns.) ; 1917f (list, trees).—Mann, H., 1866-71 
(flora, incomplete); 1867b (enum.); 1869a (list); 1869b (crit.).—Pope, W. T., 
1929 (manual, wayside pi.).—Rock, J. F., 1911b (synopsis).—Skottsberg, C., 1926- 
36 (enum.).—St John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1938, 1940 (keys to families).— 
Skottsberg, G, 1944b (bog survey).—Wawra, H., 1872-75 (enum.). 
Floristic and general descriptions: Anonymous, 1920.—Brigham, W. T., 1868c.— 
Bryan, E. H., 1933.—Bryan, W. A., 1915, 1921.—Campbell, D. H., 1892-93.— 
Charaisso, L, C. A. von, 1862.—Degener, O., 1930b (Hawaii Nat. Pk.).—Ellis, W.f 
1829-31.—Farquhar, J. K. M. L., 1900.—Forbes, C. N,, 1921.—Hemsley, W, B., 
1885b.—Hitchcock, A. S., 1917a, 1917b, 1919.—Hoffmann, E. G., 1931.—Jouan, 
H., 1873.—Langkavel, B., 1894.—Lyons, A. B., 1896 (native plants).—Mann, H., 
1866a (denudation).—Marcuse, A., 1894.—Morrison, G.t 1903.—Robyns, W., 1938. 
—Schrdter, G, 1922-23.—Seemann, B., 1852.—Skottsberg, C., 1939b, 1940b.— 
Weymouth, C., 1904.—Yuncker, T. G., 1934. 
See also Phytogeography and ecology. 
"Flowers," popular treatments of: Frcar, M. D., 1938.—Inn, H., 1944.—Kuck, 
L. E., and Tongg, R. G, 1943.—MacCaughey, V., 19161. 
Food plants: Bryan, E. H., 1933.—Chung, H. L., and Ripper ton, J. C., 1929 
(oriental vegetables).—MacCaughey, V., 19171 (of ancient Hawaiians).—Wilder, 
G. P., 1907, 1911 (fruits). 
Forage plants: McClelland, C. K., 1915.—Ripperton, J. C,, Goff, R. A., Edwards, 
D. W.( and Davis, W. C, 1933. 
Forests and forestry: Bryan, L. W., 1932 (Hilo forest reserve) ; 1939 (forestry).— 
Clarke, F. L., 1875 (decadence).—Giffard, W. M., 1918 (water supply).— Hall, 
W. L., 1904, 1916 (descr.).—Judd, C. S., 1919b (forestry); 1927a, 1927b, 1929b, 
1941,—Law, J. S., and Judd, C. 5., 1927 (locations).—Lewton-Brain, L., 1909b, 
(problems in Maui).—Lyon, H. L., 1909 (diseases) ; 1919c (forest problems) ; 
1923 (Oahu); 1929 (forestry) .—MacCaughey, V., 1916h (general); 1917a (rain 
forests); 1920 (tapestry forests).—McEldowney, G. A., 1930 (Oahu). 
History of botanical exploration: Bryan, E. H., 1928b.—Forbes, C. N., 1913c.— 
MacCaughey, V., 1917o, 1918-19. 
Introduced and naturalized plants: Babbitt, S. C., 1940 (trees Honolulu).—Bryan, 
W. A., 1915.—Bryan, L. W., 1939 (trees).—Forbes, C. N., 1911a.—Fosberg, F. R., 
1937b (immigrant).—L£veille, H., 1912-13b.—Morris, P. C., 1931 (early records). 
Leaf uses: Thrum, T. G., 1922. 
Mangroves: MacCaughey, V., 1917k. 
Medicinal plants: Handy, E. S. C., Pukui, M. K., and Livermore, K., 1935.— 
Kaaiakamanu, D. M., and Akina, J. K., 1922.—Neal, M. C., 1934. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of plants: Bishop, M. B., 1940.—Bracken- 
ridge, W. D, 1886.—Caum, E. L., 1930b.—Forbes, C. N., 1909-20.—Fosberg, 
F. R., 1936-42—LeveiHe, H., 1911, 1912-13a.—Lyon, H. L., 1927c.—Radlkofer, 
L., and Rock, J. F., 1911—Rock, J. F., 1911a, 1913c, 1913d, 1914, 1916e.—Sherff, 
E. E., 1946.—St. John, H„ 1940a, 
336 contributions from the national herbarium 
Monuments, natural: Miyoshi, M., 1927. 
Ornamental plants: Frear, M. D.t 1929 (trees).—Hoffmann, E. G., 1931.— 
Lydgate, J. M., 1881 (indigenous).—Lyons, A. B., 1899.—Sinclair, I., 1885 
(colored drawings).—Pope, W. T,, 1910.—Rock, J. F., 1917a (trees).—Thrum, 
T. G., 1914 (trees). 
Phytogeography and ecology: Baldwin, P. H., 1940 (floral zones).—Brown, 
F. B. H.t 1921 (origin).—Campbell, D. H., 1918, 1919 (origin); 1920; 1928 
(Australian element); 1932; 1933.—Christensen, C., 1920 (tabulation spp.).— 
Egler, F. E., 1939a (veg. zones) ; 1942 (arid veg.).—Forbes, C. N., 1911b, 1914 
(pi. invasion of lava).—Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1938 (bog).—Harris, 
J. A„ 1934 (plant sap).—Hartt, C. H., and Neal, M. C., 1940 (Mauna Kea).— 
Hillebrand, W. 1888b (pi. formations).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1937b (Kipapa Gulch); 
1937c (phytogeog. Oahu).—Judd, C. S., 1931a, 1931b (endemic flora).—Lydgate, 
J. M., 1910 (endemic flora).—MacCaughey, V., 1916b (summit bogs); 19l7d 
(land flora); 1917e (lava flows); 1918c (strand).—Mann, H., 1869a (range).— 
Muir, F., 1921 (origin).—Ripper ton, J. C., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1942 (veg. zones).— 
Robyns, W., and Lamb, S. H., 1939 (ecol. survey).—Rock, J. F., 1915a.—Selling, 
O. H., 1942 (post-glacial hist.).—Skottsberg, C., 1925a; 1931a, 1931c (flora of 
volcanoes) ; 1938b (isolation); 1941a (bogs); 1941b; 1941d (lava flows).—Went- 
worth, C. K., 1925 (desert, W. Molokai).—Willis, J. C.t 1936 (endemism). 
See also Floristic and general descriptions. 
Poisonous plants: Arnold, H. L., 1931, 1944.—Rock, J. F., 1920c.—Stokes, J. F. G., 
1921 (fish poisons).—Zschokke, T. C,, 1933. 
Preservation of plants: Munro, G. C., 1933. 
Quarantine, plant: Ehrhorn, E. M.. 1921. 
Seed dispersal: Judd, C. S., 1936. 
Trees: Anonymous, 1930 (common); 1938 (list, Hawaii Nat. Pk.).—Auld, W., and 
, Baldwin, D. D., 1890 (indigenous).—Babbitt, S. C., 1940 (imported, Honolulu).— 
Bryan, L. W.( 1939 (introduced).—Frear, M. D., 1929 (cultivated).—Hoffmann, 
E. G., 1931.—Hosmer, R. S., 1912 (street trees).—Judd, C. S., 1921 (Kilauea Nat. 
Pk.) ; 1923 (familiar); 1933 (ancient).—Lamb, 5. H., 1936 (Hawaii Nat. Pk.).— 
Lydgate, J. M., 1882-83 (forest).—MacCaughey, V., 1915b (common).—Morris, 
P. C., 1931 (records of introduction).—Neal, M. C., 1937b ("bean trees").—Rock, 
J. F., 1913a (indigenous); 1917a (ornamental); 1918d (for planting).—Thrum, 
T. G., 1914 (flowering).—Zschokke, T. C., 1930 (manual for planters). 
Vernacular names: Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L., 1944.—Judd, A. F., 
1933.—Rock, J. F., 1913b. 
Weeds: Speare, A. T., 1915-16.—St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1932a, 1932b 
(of pineapple fields). 
Woods: Auld, W., and Baldwin, D. D., 1890.—Brown, F. B. H., 1922.—Lydgate, 
J. M., 1882-83.—MacCaughey, V., 1916d. 
subdivisions 
Hawaii, Island of: Bryan, L. W., 1932 (Hilo for. res.).—Forbes, C. N., 1911b 
(ecol. lava, Mauna Loa).—Judd, G S., 1921b (trees Kilauea Nat Pk,).— 
Menzies, A., 1909 (Mt, Hualalai).—Neal, M. C., 1937a (veg. S. Point); 1939d 
(Lake Waiau).—Robyns, W.f and Lamb, S. H., 1939 (ecol. survey).—Skotts- 
berg, C, 1941 d (ecol. lava). 
Hawaii National Park: Anonymous, 1938 (list).—Baldwin, P. H., 1940 (floral 
zones).—Degener, O., 1930b (guide).—Fagerlund, G. O., and Mitchell, A. L., 
1944 (checklist).—Lamb, S. H., 1936 (trees); 1938 (wildlife). 
Mauna Kea: Hartt, C. H., and Neal, M, G, 1940 (ecol.).—Kraebel, C. J., 1922 
(list); Neal, M. C., 1939a, 1939e (lists). 
Kahoolawe: Forbes, C. N., 1913a (list). 
Lanai: Fosberg, F. R. 1936c (plant collecting). 
Leeward Islands: Christofhersen, E., and Caum, E. L., 1931 (enum. etc.), 
Laysan Island: Bitter, G., 1900 (list).—Schauinsland, H., 1899 (descr.). 
Midway Island: Anonymous, 1942b.—St. John, H., 1935 (additions to flora). 
Maui: Alexander, J. M., 1883 (west).—Mann, H., 1867a (east). 
Molokai: Schauinsland, H., 1900 (descr.).—Wentworth, C. K., 1925 (desert strip). 
Molokini: Caum, E. L., 1930a (list).—Forbes, C. N., 1913a (list). 
Niihau: Forbes, C. N., 1913b (enum.).—St. John, H., 1931b (additions). 
Kaula Island: Caum, E. L., 1936 (list). 
Lehua Island: Caum, E. L., 1936 (list). 
walker—subject index to Merrill's bibliography 337 
Oahu: Egler, F. E., 1939a (veg. zones).—Fosberg, F. R., & Hosaka, E. Y., 1938 
(bog).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1937a, 1937b, 1939 (Kipapa Gulch, list); 1937c (ecol). 
—Judd, C. S., 1929a (map).—Lyon, H. L., 1923 (forestry).—MacCaughey, V., 
1915a (survey) ; 1915b (woody pi.); 1916e (list, Konahuanui) ; 1916f (list, 
Waianae Mts.); 1917a (rain forest) ; 1917c (phytogeogr. Manoa valley).— 
McEldowney, G. A., 1930 (forestry).—Seemann, B., 1853a, 1853b (notes). 
Honolulu: Babbitt, S. C.t 1940 (imported trees).—Hosmer, R. S., 1912 (street 
trees).—Judd, C. S., 1923 (familiar trees).—Lyons, A, B., 1899 (popular notes). 
Neal, M. C., 1928 (gardens), 1927 (flowering).—Rock, J. F., 1916d (Foster's 
garden).—Thrum, T. G., 1914 (flowering trees). 
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS 
Myxomycetes: Davis, W. C., and Allen, 0. N., 1932 (Oahu). 
Algae: See under Section III—Algae—Regional. 
Fungi: See under Section III—Fungi—Regional. 
Lichens: See under Section III—Lichens—Regional. 
Biyophyta: See under Section III—Bryophytes—Regional; Hepaticae—Regional; 
Musci—Regional. 
Pteridophyta: See under Section III—Pteridophyta—Regional—Polynesia. 
Gynmospermae: St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1940 (key). 
Angiospermae: Fosberg, F. R., 1934 (key to Monocotyledonae).—St. John, H., and 
Fosberg, F. R., 1938 (key to fam. Dicotyledonae); 1940 (key to fam. Mono- 
cotyledonae) . 
Annonaceae : MacCaughey, V., 1917n. 
Araliaceae: Krajina, v., 1931 (Cheirodendrum). 
Bromeliaceae: Collins, T. L., 1937 (wild pineapples). 
Caricaceae: Jones, W. W., 1941 (papaya). 
Cakyophyllaceae : Mann, C., 1866c (Sckiedea). 
Compositae: Degener, O., 1932c (Bidens).—Forbes, C. N., 1918 (Lagenophora). 
—Keck, D. D., 1936a, 1936b (Argyroxiphium).—Skottsberg, G, 1927c 
(Artemisia). 
Cyperaceae: Reichardt, H. W.f 1878 (list). 
Euphorbiaceae : Sherff, E. E.( 1938a (Euphorbia). 
Geraniaceae: Fosberg, F. R., 1936a (Geranium). 
Geskeriaceae : Rock, J. F., 1917b, 1918a, 1919a, 1919b (Cyrtandra). 
Goodeniaceae : Skottsberg, C., 1927c (Scaevola). 
Gramineae: Gilmore, A. B., 1939 (sugar manual).—Hitchcock, A. S., 1922 
revis.).—Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (of ranges).—Reichardt, 
H. W., 1878 (list).—Hosaka, E. Y,, and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (of ranges). 
Haloragidaceae : Krajina, V., 1930a (Guntiera). 
Leguminosae: Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J, C, 1944 (of ranges).—Lyon, 
H. L, 1910b (cult).—Rock, J. F., 1919c (arborescent) ; 1920a (revis.). 
Lobeliaceae: Rock, J. F., 1919e (monogr.). 
Malvaceae: Lewton, F. L., 1912 (Kokia).—Rock, J. F., 1919d (Kokia).—Wil- 
cox, E. V., and Holt, V. S., 1913 (Hibiscus).—Wilder, G. P., 1917 (Hibiscus). 
Mokaceae: MacCaughey, V., 1917m (Artocarpus). 
Musaceae: MacCaughey, V. 1919a. 
Myrtaceae: MacCaughey, V., 1916j (Eugenia) ; 1917g (Pstdium).—Rock, J. F., 
1917c (Metrasideros). 
Nyctaginaceae: Skottsberg, C., 1936b (arboreous). 
Palmae: Judd, C. S., 1916 (introd.).—Taylor, W., 1900 (list). 
Passifloraceae : MacCaughey, V., 1916k (Passifiord). 
Piperaceae—Peptromia: Candolle, C. de, 1913a.—Yuncker, T. G., 1933a, 1933b.— 
Yuncker, T. G, and Gray, W. D, 1934. 
Plantaginaceae : Rock, J. F., 1920b (Plantago). 
Rhjzophoraceae: MacCaughey, V., 1917k (mangroves). 
Rutaceae : Mann, H.. 1866c. 
Santalaceae—Santalum: Bennett, G., 1832b.—Rock, J. F,, 1916a, 1917f.— 
Skottsberg, G, 1927c. 
Vaccikiaceae : Skottsberg, G, 1927c (Vaccinium). 
Violaceae—Viola: Becker, W., 1916.—MacCaughey, V., 19181.—Skottsberg, C., 
1940a (taxon.). 
338 contributions from the national herbarium 
Home Islands—Futuna Island: Burrows, E. G., 1938 (econ. pi.), 
Johnson Island: Chrislophersen, E.p 1931c (descr., enum.). 
Juan Fernindez: Anonymous, 1894b (sandalwood).—Bertcro, C. J., 1830 (gen- 
eral).—Christensen, C., 1920 (phytogeogr.).—Colla, L., 1833-36 (rare pi.) ; 
1833-37 (misc.).—Douglas, D., 1914 (author's coll.).—Gay, C, 1833 (notes).— 
Goodspeed, T. H., 1941- (general).—Hutchinson, J., 1917 (general).—Johow, 
F. R. A., 1893b (cult pi.).—Jussieu, A. L., de, 1833 (general).—Looser, G., 
1927b, 1935 (notes).—Philippi, R. A., 1857-65, 1872-73 (n. spp.).—Ramirez, F., 
1936 (notes).—Skottsberg, C.f 1910b (illustr. veg.); 1914, 1917a, 1917b, 1918a, 
1918b (notes); 1920-43 (nat. hist.); 1924 (notes); 1925a (phytogeogr.); 1925b 
(alpine pi.); 1928b, 1930b (pollination, seed dispersal); 1929a (recent coll.); 
1929b (ecol.); 1930c (reservation) ; 1932c (general) ; 1934c (phytogeogr.); 
1935b (ecol.) ; 1936c (notes) ; 1938b (phytogeogr.); 1938c (Bock's coll.) ; 1945b 
(ecol.). 
Floras, enumerations and lists: Gay, C, 1845-54 (flora).—Hemsley, W. B,, 
1884 (list).—Hooker, W. J., and Walker-Arnott, G. A., 1832-41 (contr. ft).— 
Johow, F. R. A., 1896 (enum. etc,).—Philippi, R. A, 1856a (list).— Reiche, 
K,, 1894-1911 (flora).—Steudel, E. G., 1856 (contr. fl.). 
Systematic and general treatments of special groups: 
cellular cryptograms: Montagne, J. F. C., 1835,1850-52. 
myxomycetes : Fries, R. E., 1920. 
algae: See under Section III—Algae—Regional. 
fungi : See under Section III—Fungi—Regional. 
lichens : Zahlbruckner, A., 1924, 1928. 
uryophyta : Brotherus, V. F., 1924, 1926b (enum. Musci).—Evans, A. W., 1930 
(list thallose Hepaticae).—Herzog, T., 1942 (list foliose Hepaticae).—Theriot, 
J., 1927 (Looser's coll,) 
pteridophyta : Christensen, C, 1910b (Skottsberg's coll.).—Christensen, C., 
and Skottsberg, C., 1920a (list).—Johow, F. R, A., 1893a (list, crit.). 
spermatophyta : Clarke, C. B., 1900 (Cyperaceae).—Pilger, R., 1920 (Gra- 
mineae). 
Kermadec group: Cheeseman, T. F., 1888 (enum.).—Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 1911b 
(enum. algae).—Hooker, J. D., 1857 (Raoul Island).—Oliver, W. R. B., 1910 
(ecol., list); 1911 (lichens, fungi). 
Line Islands: Christophersen, E., 1927a (veg. lists, Equatorial Islands).—Fosberg, 
F. R., 1936b (Vostok Island).—Herosley, W. B., 1884 (report Fanning Island), 
1885b (Maiden Island).—Lin ton, A. M., 1933 (Penrhyn).—Rock, J, F., 1916c 
Palmyra Island).—Rougier, E., 1917 (Christmas Island).—St. John, If., and 
Fosberg, F. R, 1936, 1937 (descr., list, Flint Island).—Trelease, W., 1884 (list, 
Caroline Island). 
Marquesas Islands: Bescherelle, 1895a (bryophytes, Nukahiva); 1898c (Hepati- 
cae).—Bonaparte, R., 1918b (Henry's fern coll.).—Brown, E. D.-W., 1930 (note 
on ferns).—Brown, E. D, W., and Brown, F. B. H., 1931a, 1931b (taxon. ferns). 
—Brown, F. B. H„ 1928 (Comaceae) ; 1930 (monocots) ; 1931, 1935 (flora).— 
Drake del Castillo, E., 1893 (flora).—Henry C.t 1918, 1922 (notes).—Jardin, ft-, 
1857, 1858, 1862 (enum.).—L., 1817 ("Briton's" voy.).—Seurat, L, G., 19—? (ver- 
nacular names),—Stand iff, J. O., 1924 (taro).—Virey, J. J., 1843 (econ. pi.).— 
Waldgrave, W., 1833 (observations). 
Niuafoou Island (between Samoa and Fiji): Howe, M. A., 1932 (list algae). 
Niue Island: Yunckcr, T, G., 1943a (general) ; 1943c (flora). 
PaScua Island ~ Easter Island. 
Paumotu Archipelago = Tuamotu Islands. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 339 
Phoenix Islands: Bryan, E. H.p 1939.—Zwaluwenburg, R. H. van, 1941, 1942 (Can- 
ton Island). 
Pitcairn Island: Barrow, J.t 1833 (list).—E., M., 1938 ("Bounty" exped.).—Hemsley, 
W. B., 1855 (general).—L., 1817 ("Briton's" voy.).—Maiden, J. H„ 1901a (list, 
notes).—Shillibeer, J., 1817 ("Briton's" voy.). 
Rotuma Island: Bennett, G., 1832a (notes). 
Samoa: Anonymous, 1917 (vegetation, literature).—Betche, E., 1881 (vegetation).— 
Bulow, W. von, 1896 (econ. pi.).—Burgerstein, A., 1908 (anat. woods).— 
Christopher sen, E., 1934b (exploration).—Cretzoiu, P., 1934 (misc. spp.).— 
Finsch, O., 1887 (econ. pi.).—Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869 (narrative).—Kramer, 
A. F., 1902-03 (monogr,).—Lauterbach, K., 1909 (exploration).—Lloyd, C. G., 
and Aiken, W. H., 1934 (descr. illustr.).—Mayor, A. G-, 1921 (Rose Atoll).— 
Powell, T., 1868a (notes, vernacular names); 1827 (plant poisons).—Rech- 
inger, K., 1907-09 (n. spp.); 1908a (exploration); 1908b (illustrations).— 
Rechinger, K., and Rechinger, L.f 1906 (journey).—Reinecke, F., 1895a, 1895b 
(econ. pi.) ; 1902a, 1902b, 1903a, 1903b (vegetation, phytogeography, etc.).— 
Sparhawk, W. N., 1944 (forests, trees).—Vaupel, F,, 1910 (vegetation).— 
Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal).—Wegener, G., 1903 (general).—Wohltmann, F., 
1904 (econ. pi.).—Yuncker, T. G., 1945 (list, Mauna Island). 
Floras, enumerations, and lists: Christophersen, E., 1935-38 (flowering pi.). 
—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43 (author's coll.).—Lauterbach, K., 1908 
(enum.).—Rechinger, K., 1907-15 (results of expedition).—Reinecke, F., 1896- 
98 (enum.).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K., 1901 (flora).—Setchell, W. 
A., 1924 (enum., Amer. Samoa, Rose Atoll, Tutuila Island). 
Systematic and general treatments of special groups : 
algae : See under Section III—Algae—Regional—Polynesia. 
FUNGI: See under Section III—Fungi—Regional—Polynesia. 
lichens : See under Section III—Lichens—Regional Polynesia. 
bryophyta: See under Section III—Bryophyta—Hepaticae—Regional; and 
Musci—Regional. 
pteridophyta : See under Section III—Pteridophyta—Regional. 
spermatophyta : Martelli, U., 1934c (Pandanaceae).—Mueller, F.t von, 1881b 
(Orchidaceae).—Schlechter, R., 1910-11 (Orchidaceae).—Summerhayes, V. 
S., 1939 (Fiats). 
Society Islands: Angstrom, J., 1873, 1875 (Andersson's bryophyte coll. Eimeo).— 
Bartram, E. B., 1931 (list Musci Raiatea Island).—Bescherelle, 6., 1898c (enum. 
Hepaticae).—Copeland, E. B., 1932a (enum.).—Drake del Castillo, E., 1887a 
(phytogeogr.); 1893 (flora).—Ellis, W., 1829-31 (descr.).—Guillemin, J. B. A., 
1836-37 (enum.).—Henry, T., 1928 ("flora").—Hooker, W. J., and Walker- 
Arnott, G. A., 1830-41 (bot. Beechey voy.).—Martelli, U., 1932d (Pandana- 
ceae).—Moore, J. W., 1933, 1934 (crit., Raiatea).—Nadeaud, J,, 1897c 
(Hernandia); 1899 (n. spp.).—Solander, D.C., 1769-82 (enum. pi. various 
islands).—Virey, J. J., 1843 (econ. pi.). 
Tahiti: Angstrom, J., 1873, 1875 (Andersson's bryophyte coll.).—Anonymous, 
1893 (econ. pi.).—Bennett, G., 1832d (edible, timber pi,).—Bescherelle, £., 
1895a, 1898a, 1901 (Bryophyta).—Bonaparte, R, 1918a (list ferns).—Brotherus, 
V. F., 1924c (Setchell's and Parks' Musci coll.).—Butteaud, E., 1891 (enum.). 
—Cuzent, G., 1857, I860, 1861a (general, econ. pi.).—Darwin, C., 1860 (ob- 
servations).—Delessert, B., 1848 (narrative voy.).—Fries, E., 1851 (fungi).— 
Guillemin, J. B. A., 1836-37 (enum.).—Henry, T., 1928 (ancient).—Jardin, 
1860 (suppl. to Guillemin).—Lepine, J., 1857 (food pi.).—Lloyd, C. G., 1925 
(fungi).—Martelli, U., 1933b (Pandanaceae).—Maxon, W, R,, 1924 (enum. 
ferus)Montagne, J. F. C, 1848 (Fungi, Musci)—Moore, J. W., 1940 (n. 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
spp.).—Mueller, J., 1884a, 1884b (lichens Brunaud's coll.)-—Nadeaud, J., 1864 
(common pi.); 1873 (enum.); 1874 (notes); 1897a (crit.).—Parkinson, S.f 
1773 (journal of voy.).—Parks, H. E., 1926 (Setchell's and Parks' fungi).— 
Potier de la Varde, R., 1912 (list Musti).—Reichardt, H. W., 1866, 1870 
(fungi Novara exped.).—Setchell, W. A., 1923 (veg. reefs, etc.) ; 1926a, 1926b 
(enum. Setchell and Parks coll.); 1926c, 1926d (phytogeogr.).—Seurat, L. G., 
19—? (vernacular names).—1906 (general).—Solander, D. C, 1769-82 (enum.). 
—Stancliff, J, O., 1923 (popular notes); 1924 (taro).—Viguier, R., 1930 (gen- 
eral).—Waldgrave, W., 1833 (journal).—Weber van Bosse, A., 1910 (Caid- 
er pa ),—Wilson, J,, 1799 (general).—Vainio, E. A., 1924 (lichens Setchell and 
Parks' coll.).—Z., 1774 (econ. pi.). 
Tokelau or Union Islands: Macgregor, G., 1937 (ethnology). 
Tonga or Friendly Islands: Anonymous, 1917 (notes, literature).—Burkill, I. H., 
1901 (enum. Vavau Island).—Christensen, C., 1920 (phytogeogr.).—Grunow, A., 
1873 (algae Graffe coll.).—Guilfoyle, W. R.t 1869 (hot. tour).—Hemsley, W. B., 
1894 (flora).—Luerssen, C., 1871 ("Filices Graeffeanae").—Martelli, U., 1930b 
(Pandanaceae).—Setchell, W. A., Hoffmeister, J. E., and Ostergaard, J. M., 
1926 (notes).—Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal).—Waldgrave, W., 1833 (notes, 
Tongatabu). 
Tuamotu Islands: Bescherelle, fi., 1895a (bryophytes Mangareva).—Drake del Cas- 
tillo, E., 1893 (flora Gambler Islands).—Henry, T., 1928 (flora),—Patouillard, N., 
1904 (fungi).—Seurat, L. G., 1903 (lists Timoe or Crescent Island); 1904 (South 
Marutea) ; 19-? (vernacular names, Tuamotan, Mangarevan).—Wilder, G. P., 
1934 (flora Makatea). 
Tubuai Islands—Rapa Island: Riley, L. A. M., 1926 (crit.). 
Wallis Islands: Burrows, E. G., 1938 (econ. pi. Uvea).—Drake del Castillo, E., 
1893 (flora). 
MICRONESIA 
GENERAL 
Bibliography: Utinomi, H., 1945. 
Economic plants: Finsch, O., 1887,1893. 
Floras, enumerations, and lists: Diels, L, 1921-30 (contr. to flora).—Hosakawa, T., 
1934—44 (contr. to flora).—Kanehira, R., 1931a, 1931b (enum. woody pi.); 1932 
(forest trees); 1933 (flora) ; 1935c (enum.).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K., 
1901, 190S (enum.).—Tuyama, T., 1940a (enum.).—Volkens, G., 1914 (enum.).— 
Yamamoto, Y.f 1937 (lists). 
Floristic and general descriptions: Hayata, B., 1926.—Hosokawa, T., 1943b.— 
Privat-Deschanel, P., 1930.—Schnee, H., 1920 (encyclopaedic). 
Forests: Kanehira, R., 1915.—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944. 
See also Trees. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of plants: Kanehira, R.t 1932-38 (trees) ; 
1935a, 1935b.—Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S., 1939-40 (trees).—Koidzumi, G., 
1916-17.—Schumann, K., 1888.—Yamamoto, Y., Mori, K., and Fukuyama, N.( 
1939 (index to contr. Taihoku Univ.). 
Phytogeography: Kanehira, R., 1935d, 1941.—Watanabe, K., 1941. 
Trees: Kanehira, R., 1931a, 1931b, 1932, 1932-38.—Kanehira, R., and Hatusima, S., 
1939-40.—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944. 
SUBDIVISIONS 
Caroline Islands: Anonymous, 1885 (general).—Cabeza Pereiro, A., 1895-96 (gen- 
eral, enum., Ponape),—Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821, 1830 (voyage).—Christian, 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 341 
F. W., 1897 (general, Ponajie); 1899 (general).—Fukuyama, N., 1939 (Orchi- 
daceae of Kusaie).—Gulick, L. H., 1858a, 1858b (general, econ. pi. Ponape).— 
Hambruch, P., 1932 (general, vernacular names Ponape).—Hemsley, W. B., 
1885b (general).—Hosokawa, T., 1935d, 1937a (syst.); 1937b (enum., 
phytogeogr. Truk); 1943a (epiphytes Ponape).—Kanda, C., 1942, 1944 
(marine algae).—Kramer, A., 1929 (local names, Palau).—Lam, H. J.p 1919 
(Verbenaceae).—Liitje, O., 1906 (general).—Luetke, F. P., 1835-36 (voyage). 
—Markgraf, F., 1930 (Apocynaceae Palau Islands).—Mertens, K. H., 1835 
(voyage).—Matue, Y., 1942 (diatoms Palau).—Miguel, D. G., 1887 (general). 
—Motoda, S., 1941 (plankton Palau).—Mueller, W., 1917 (econ. pi. Yap).— 
Nishiyama, S., 1941 (fungi Palau).—Okabe, M., 1941b (drugs Palau); 1941c 
(food pi. Palau); 1941d (veg. Palau); 1942 (list east Carolines).—Safert, E.t 
1919 (econ. pi. Kusaie).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K., 1901 (flora).— 
Semper, K., 1873 (descr. Palau Islands).—Tokioka, T., 1942a, 1942b (plankton 
Palau).—Tuyama, T., 1941a, 1941b (vernacular names Palau).—Volkens, G., 
1901a (voyage); 1901b (descr. Yap); 1901c (descr. enum., espec. Yap); 1901d 
(voyage).—Wegener, G.t 1903 (general).—Yamada, Y.f 1926 (Chloropihyceae, 
phytogeog.); 1944b (marine algae Ant Atoll near Ponape). 
Gilbert Islands: Dixon, H. N., 1927 (bryophytes).—Wood ford, C. M., 1895 (descr., 
list). 
Marcus Island: Bryan, W. A., 1903 (notes).—Tuyama, T., 1938b (lists). 
Marianas Islands: Chamisso, L. C. A. von, 1821,1830 (voyage).—Cavanilles, A, J., 
1801-02 (enum. collection, Malaspina exped.).—Gaudichaud, C , 1824 (n. gen. 
Freycinet's expcd.).—Hemsley, W. B, 1885b (general).—Hosokawa, T., 1934b 
(hist., phytogeogr., list); 1934c, 1935b (phytogeog.).—Kanehira, R., 1934 (voy- 
age n. part); 1936c (Rota Island); 1936b (palms)—Lam, H. J., 1919 (Ver- 
benaceae).—Markgraf, F., 1930 (Apocynaceae).—Meyen, F. J. F., 1843 (enum. 
Meyen Coll.).—Presl, K. B, 1825-36 (crit).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, 
K., 1901, 1905 (floral).—Volkens, G., 1901a, 1901 d, 1904 (descr.).—Wegener, G., 
1903 (general).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae, phytogeog.). 
Guam: Ames, O., 1914 (Orchidaceae).—Bryan, E. H., 1931 (pi. assoc.); 1936- 
41 (taxon.).—Chamisso, L. C, A, von, and Schlechtendal, D. von, 1826-35 (crit.). 
—Cox, L. M., 1926 (econ. pi.).—Linsley, L. N., 1935 (popular notes),—Merrill, 
E. D., 1914, 1919 (enum.).—Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1946 (additions 
to flora).—Reid, C. F., 1939 (bibliog.).—SalTord, W. E., 1902, 1904 (observa- 
tions, introduced pi.); 1905a (useful pi.); 1905b, 1910 (nat. hist, notes).— 
Sherman, J., 1935 (useful trees). 
Marshall Islands: Betche, B., 1884 (general).—Engler, A., 1897 (list),—Hager, C., 
1885 (general).—Hemsley, W. B., 1885b (general).—Koidzumi, G., 1915 (enum. 
Jaluit Island).—Okabe, M., 1941a (enum.).—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, K., 
1901,1905 (flora).—Steinbach, E., 1895 (general).—Volkens, G., 1903 (list, notes). 
—Wegener, G., 1903 (general).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae, phytogeogr.). 
Wake Island: Christophersen, E., 1931c (enum.). 
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENTS OF SPECIAL GROUPS 
Algae. See under Section III—Algae—Regional. 
Fungi: See under Section III—Fungi—Regional. 
Lichens: See under Section III—Lichens—Regional. 
Bryophyta—Musci: Brotherus, V. F., 1901 (Caroline Islands).—Dixon, H. N., 
1927 (Gilbert Islands); 1943 (records Caroline Islands, Marianas Islands).— 
Sakurai, K~, 1943. 
Pteridophyta: See under Section III—Pteridophyta—Regional. 
342 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Spermatophy ta: 
Anacardiaceae: Lauterbach, K., 192Id. 
Apocynaceae: Markgraf, F., 1930. 
Asclepiadaceae : Schlechter, R., 1921c, 
Balanophoraceae : Hosokawa, T., 1934<1. 
Compositae: Kitaraura, S.p 1941. ' 
Connaraceae: Schellenberg, G., 1924a. 
Cyperaceae : Kiikenthal, G., 1924.—Ohwi, J., 1942a. 
Gesneriaceae: Schlechter, R., 1921 e. 
Gramineae : Hosokawa, T., 1935c.—Ohwi, J., 1941. 
Hippocrateaceae : Locscner, T., 1930b. 
Lecythidaceae : Lauterbach, K., 1921 f. 
Moraceae : Diels, L., 1938. 
Myristicaceae : Markgraf, P., 1938. 
Myrsinaceae: Mez, C., 1921. 
Myrtaceae : Diels, L., 1921c. 
Orchidaceae: Ames, O., 1914 (Guam).—Fukuyama, N.t 1939 (Kusaie Island 
in Carolines).—Schlechter, R.f 1921a. 
Palmae: Kanehira, R., 1936b. 
Pandanaceae: Martelli, U., 1934b. j 
Rhamnaceae: Lauterbach, K., 1921e. 
Rubiaceae: Fosbcrg, F. R., 1940b. 
Rutaceae: Lauterbach, K., 1921a. 
Scrophulariaceae : Schlechter, R., 192Id. 
Verbenaceae: Lam, H. J., 1919, 1924, 
Vitaceae: Lauterbach, K., 1930, 
MELANESIA, NEW GUINEA, ETC.' 
Finsch, O., 1887 (econ. pi.).—Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (enum.).—Record, M., 
1945 (enum. woody pi., vernacular names).—Reinecke, F., 1902b (descr.).— 
Schumann, K., 1888 ("Fl. deutsch, Schutzgeb."),—Schumann, K., and Lauterbach, 
K., 1901, 1905 (flora). 
Admiralty Islands: Hemsley, W. B., 1884 (enum.). 
Bismarck Archipelago: Finsch, O., 1893 (notes).—Lam, H. J., 1919 (Verbenaceae). 
Fiji Islands: 
Agriculture: Parham, W. L„ 1937. 
Bibliography; Parham, B. E. V., 1941a. 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions : Askenasy, E., 1889 (algae 
"Gazelle" exped.).—Bentham, G.t 1843 (Hind's coll.),—Degener, O., 1943b 
("Cheng-Ho" exped.).—Gray, A., 1857 (U. S. Explor. Exped.); 1861c, 1862a 
(Seemann's coll.).—Milne, W., 1855 (voy. "Herald").—Smith, A. C.t 1936-42 
(voy. "Cheng Ho").—Storck, J., 1862 (letter).—Veitch, J. G., 1866 (journal). 
Coral reefs: Howe, M. A., 1912 (algae). 
Economic plants: Harvey, W. H., 1857.—Home, J., 1881.—Parham, B. E. V., 
1942b, 1944, 1946.—Parham, H. B. R., 1937, 1943.—Parham, W. L., 1929.—See- 
mann, B., 1861e, 1862o, 1880.—Thompson, L., 1940 (southern Lau). 
Floras, enumerations, and lists: Bentham, G., 1843 (Hinds and Barclay coll.). 
—Gibbs, L. S., 1909 (montane fl.).—Home, J., 1881 (list).—Parham, B. E. V., 
1942a (list of spp., synopsis of families).—Record, M., 1945 (woody pi.).— 
* Not all Melanesia is covered in this bibliography. See the introduction to the bibliography, 
page 2. The references here listed to excluded regions appear in the bibliography because of 
their incidental references to the included area. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 343 
Seemann, B.f 1861-62, 1862a, 1862b (lists); 1865-73 ("Ft Vitiensis"); 1880 
(list).—Smith, A. C., 1936-42 ("Cheng Ho" voy.).—Thurston, J. B., 1886 
(catalogue trees, shrubs).—Turritt, W. B.( 1915c (enum.). 
Flomstic and general descriptions : Graeffe, E., 1869.—Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869. 
—Guppy, H. B., 1903-06 (Vanua Levu).—Harvey, W. H., 1857,—Hinds, R. B, 
1842.—Home, J., 1881.—Im Thurn, E., 1912.—Mead, J. P., 1933.—Milne, W., 
1855; 1857 (Naviti Levu).—Seemann, B., 1861c.—Smith, A. C., 1934, 1935a, 
1935b.—St. John, H.r 1939c (jungles).—Wylie, R. B., 1923a, 1924.—Veitch, J. 
G., 1866. 
Food plants: Coster, S. E. H., 1938.—Harwood, L. W., 1938 (native).—Milne, 
W., 1859, 1860b (used by natives).—Parham, B. E. V., 1944 (introduced).— 
Surridge, H. R., and Parham, B. E. V., 1941 (vegetables). 
Forage: Tothil], J. D., 1929 (pasture pi.). 
Forests and forestry : Mead, J. P., 1928a, 1928b, 1933.—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944. 
—Sykes, R. A., 1931. 1933. 
Introduced plants: Jack, H, W., 1936 (mahogany).—Harvey, C., 1941b (in 
1939-40).—Parham, B. E. V., 1939a (by Howard and Wallace), 1942c, 1944,— 
Wylie, R. B., 1923b. 
Medicinal plants : Parham, H. B. R., 1943 —Rougier, E., 1923-24. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of plants: Anonymous, 1886c, 1887.— 
Baker, J. G., 1883.—Engler, A., 1889b.—Gillespie, J. W., 1930-32.—Gray, A., 
1857, 1861c, 1862a,—Parham, B. E. V., 1942c, 1946.—Smith, A. C., 1941-46. 
Origin : Woolnough, W. G., 1903 (continental). 
Poisonous plants: Parham, B. E. V., 1937b.—Seeman, B., 1861d. 
Systematic and general treatment of special groups : 
algae: Grunow, A., 1873 (list marine).—Schmidt, O. C, 1928 (enum.). 
fungi : Parham, B. E. V., 1942f.—Smith, W. G., 1871.—Thiimen, F. von, and 
Mueller, J., 1889. 
lichens: Crombie, J. M., 1871 (enum.). 
bryophyta: Bartram, E. B., 1936, 1944 (enum., Musci).—Dixon, H. N., and 
Greenwood, W., 1930 (enum. Musci).—Jack, J, B., and Stephani, F., 1894 
(enum. Hepaticae).—Mitten, W., 1861-62, 1871 (Bryophyta).—Mueller, K., 
1873 (Graeffe's coll.) ; 1889 ("Gazelle" voy.). 
pteridophyta : Baker, J. G., 1879 (Home's coll.) ; 1886m (Thurston's coll.).— 
Carruthers, W., 1869 (flora).—Copeland, E. B., 1929a (manual).—Luerssen, 
C., 1871 (enum.).—Smith, A. C., 1944 (notes).—Wright, Charles Henry, 1930 
(Im Thurn's coll.). 
spermatophyta : Burret, M., 1935 (Palmae).—Martelli, U., 1930a (Pandana- 
ceae).—Milne, W., 1860a (Palmae).—Parham, B. E. V., 1945b ("blue" 
grasses).—Stuchbery, H. M., 1937 (Gramineae).—Summerhayes, V. S., and 
Hubbard, C. E., 1927, 1930 (Gramineae).—Williams, L. O., 1938a (Orchi- 
daceae). 
Trees : Goodser, W. E., 1937.—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944.—Surridge, H. R., 1937b. 
Vernacular names : Parham, B. E. V., 1942a.—Parham, H. B. R., 1935, 1943.— 
Parham, W. L., 1929.—Wright, C. Harold, 1918. 
Weeds: Barnes, A. C., 1930.—Greenwood, W., 1943, 1944.—Lever, R. J. A. W., 
1946.—Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40, 1942c, 1945a.—Simmonds, H, W., 1931-32. 
Isle of Art (near New Caledonia) : Montrousier, X., 1860 (enum.). 
Isle of Pines: Compton, R. H., 1922 (enum. author's coll.).—Guillaumin, A., 1911a 
(list) ; 1911-44 (enum. Jeanneney's coll.).—Macgillivray, J., 1854 (notes).— 
Mialaret, T., 1897 (general).—Paris, E. G., 1910 (list bryophytes).—Rcndle, A. B., 
Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (enum. Compton's coll.). 
344 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 
Lord Howe Island: 
Floras, enumerations, and lists : Hemsley, W. B., 1896.—Maiden, J. H., 1914.— 
Moore, C., and Betche, E., 1893.—Mueller, F. von, 1875a.—Oliver, W. R. B., 
1917 (ecol. list). 
FIoristic and general descriptions: Macgillivray, J., 1834.—Maiden, J. H., 
1898, 1899.—Moore, C, 1869a, 1869b, 1870, 1872,—Mueller, F. von, 1858-81.— 
Willis, J. C, 1919.—Wilson, J. B., 1882. 
Phytogeography : Tate, R., 1893. 
Systematic and general treatments of special groups : Brotherus, V. F., and 
Watts, W. W., 1915b (enum, Musci).—Cheel, S., 1912-14 (Lichens—Stictaceae). 
—Lucas, A. H. S., 1935 (marine algae).—Watts, W., 1912, 1914 (enum. ferns). 
—Whitelegge, T., 1892 (list Musci). 
Loyalty Islands: Becherer, A., 1937 (Bergeret's fern colL).—Bonaparte, R, 1914a, 
1915b (enum. ferns).—Christensen, C., 1932 (ferns Daniker exped.).—Daniker, 
A. U., 1931, 1932-33 (enum. author's coll., descr. veg.).—Guillaumin, A., 1911a 
(list).—Hackel, E., and Schinz, H., 1914 (Gramineae).—Harmand, J., 1914 
(enum. lichens).—Kranzlin, F.r 1914 (Orchidaceae).—Mueller, F. von, 1873 
(phytogeog.).—Sarasin, F., 1917 (dcscr.).—Sarasin, F., and Roux, J., 1914-21 
(revisions.)—Schinz, H., 1929 ( Daniker's coll.).—Th£riot, J., 1914 (Musci).— 
Wakefield, E, M., 1920 (enum. fungi). 
my A * # + 
New Caledonia: 
Agriculture : Jeanneney, A., 1894. 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 
(various collectors in pis. XIX, XXVII, XXXII-XXXIII, XLI-XLIII, XLV, 
XLIX, LI 11, LIX, LXII, LXVI, LXVIII, LXXI, LXXV-LXXXI, 
LXXXIII-LXXXV). 
bougier: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. XVI). 
compton, r. h. : Compton, R. H., 1922.—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G, and 
Moore, S. le M., 1921-22. 
cribs: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. XII). 
daniker, a. U.: Daniker, A. U., 1931, 1932-33.—Schinz, H., 1929. 
fetscherin: Guillaumin, A., 1911—44 (pt. VI). 
franc, i.: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. XX, XXII, XXXT, XXXIV, 
XXXVII-XXXIX, XLIV, XLVIII, L, LII, LV-LVI, LX, LXI, LXV, 
LXIX, LXXII). 
godefroy: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. LVIII, LXXXII). 
grunow, a.: Zahlbruckner, A., 1888. 
jeanneney, a.: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. II), 1914-45 (pt LXXIX). 
kiener: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. III). 
leenhardt: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. LXXIII-LXXIV). 
lequerr£: Guillaumin, A., 11911 -44 (pt. XXV). 
le rat: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pts. VII, [XVIIIJ, XXVI, XXX, XL, 
XLVII, LI, LVII, LXII I-LXI V, LXVII). 
MEZGEr: Guillaumin, A, 1911-44 (pt. XLVI). 
montrouzter: Beauvisage, G., 1894, 1901.—Guillaumin, A., and Beauvisage, 
G., 1913. 
pennel: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. I). 
SAV&S, t. : Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. V). 
virot: Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (pt. LXX). 
white, c. t. : White, C. T-, Wilson, E. H., and Guillaumin, A., 1926. 
Economic plants: Heckel, E., 1892, 1913.—Perret, V., 1883.—Poisson, J., 1900 
(rubber).—Soubeiran, J. L., 1870.—Vieillard, E., 1862a.—Vieillard, E., and 
Deplanche, E., 1862-63. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILl/s BIBLIOGRAPHY 345 
Floras, enumerations, and lists: Guillaumin, A., 1911a (catalogue).—Me/gcr, 
K., 1926 (woody pi.).—Montrousier, X., 1860 (Isle of Art).—Sarasin, F., 
and Roux, J., 1914—21.—Schlechtcr, R., 1907-08.—Sebcrt, II,, [and Pancher, I.], 
[1874] (woody pi.). 
See also Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions. 
Floristic and general descriptions; Abbay, R., 1877—Balansa, B., 1872a 
(Mount Humboldt).—Bernard, A., 1895.—Boothby, M, R., 1944 (lowlands).— 
Brongniart, A., 1865a.—Cornu, M.r 1865.—Daniker, A. U., 1929.—Guilfoyle, 
W. R., 1869.—Heckel, E., 1892 (Prony Bay).—Jeanneney, A., 1894 (agricul- 
ture).—Lang, M., 1925.—Macgillivray, J., 1854.—Naudin, C., 1857, 1866a.— 
Palacky, J., 1882.—Pancher, I., 1881.—Sarasin, P., 1917.—Vieillard, E., and 
Deplanche, E., 1862-63. 
Forage: Jacques, C., 1940a. 
Forests : Sparhawk, W. N., 1944. 
Galls: Howard, C., 1916-25, 1921. 
Introduced plants : Guillaumin, A., 1942. 
Keys for determination or families : Guillaumin, A., 1943b. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of plants: Barillet, F., 1873.—Bonati, 
G., and Petitmengin, M., 1907.—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864-71, 1868-71. 
—Brongniart, A., 1874a.—Cretzoiti, P., 1934.—Frauenfeld, G. van, 1867.— 
Guillaumin, A., 1909-13, 1921b, 1943b—Heckel, G., 1912.—Hochreutiner, B. 
P. G., 1910.—Lab ilia rdiere, J. J. H. de, 1824-25,—Lindley, J., 1851.—Rafarin, 
 , 1877.—Vieillard, E., 1865a, 1865b, 1866. 
Paleobotany: Guillaumin, A., 1919 (summary).—Loubiere, A., 1936 (Ccd- 
roxylon panchcri).—Zeillcr, R., 1889. 
Photographs : Daniker, A. U., 1939. 
Phytogeography : Balansa, B., 1873.—Guillaumin, A., 1921a, 1929b.—Heckel, E., 
1892 (zones).—Schlechter, R., 1905.—Virot, R., 1939. 
Systematic and general treatments of special groups : 
myxomycetes ; Lister, G., 1922. 
algae: See under Section III—Algae—Regional—Melanesia. 
fungi : See under Section III—Fungi—Regional—Melanesia. 
lichens : See under Section III—Lichens—Regional—Melanesia. 
bryophyta : See under Section III—Bryophyta—Regional; Hepaticae—Re- 
gional ; Musci—Regional—Melanesia. 
pteridophyta : See under Section III—Pteridophvta—Regional—Melanesia. 
sperm atop hyta : Baillon, H., 1890-91 (Sapotaceae); 1891b (Aquifoliaceae— 
Phelline).—Balansa, B., 1872b (Gramineae).—Beccari, O., 1920, 1921b 
(Palmae).—Bitter, G., 1921a (Solanaceae).—Brongniart, A., 1861 (Viola- 
ceae—Agation) ; 1873, 1874b (Palmae) ; 1875 (Pandanaceae).—Brongniart, 
A., and Gris, A., 1861a (Umbel I i ferae—Myodocarpus) ; 1862 (Saxifraga- 
ceae, Cunoniaceae); 1864a (Epacridaceae) ; 1865b (Myrtaceae); 1866a (Con- 
iferae); 1866b (Symplocos); 1869, 1871a (Coniferae) ; 1872 (Cunonta),— 
Bureau, E., 1862 (Bignoniaceae); 1869-72 (Artocarpaceae).—Candolle, C. 
de, 1920 (Piperaceae).—Dubard, M.t 1906a (Nepenthaceae).—Guillaumin, A., 
1911 (Citrus); 1914-45, 1946 (revis, nearly 50 fam. and gen.); 1916 
(Eugenia).—Heckel, E., and Schinz, H., 1914 (Gramineae).—Heckel, E., 
1911a (Lantana).—Jacques, C.( 1939 (Paspalum).—Kerchove de Denterghem, 
O. de, 1877 (Araucarta).—Kranzlin, F., 1914, 1928b, 1929b (Orchidaceae).— 
Martelli, U., 1920 (Pandanaceae).—Poisson, J., 1876 (Casuarino).—Pynaert, 
C., 1905a (Araucarta).—Steenis, C. G. G. J. van, 1927 (Bignoniaceae).— 
Vieillard, E., 1873 (Palmae).—Viguier, B., 1912 (Epacridaceae), 1925 
346 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
(Araliaceae).—Viguier, R.f and Guillaumin, A., 1912 (Araliaceae).—War- 
burg, O., 1921 (Moraceae). 
Vernacular names (French): Guillaumin, A., 1911-44 (part XXI). 
Woods: Mezger, K., 1926.—Sebert, H., [and Pancher, I.], [1874]. 
New Guinea; Bentham, G., 1843 (enum. Hinds and Barclay's coll.).—Brause, G., 
1920 (Ledermann's fern coll.).—Burret, M,, 1928a (Palmae).—Diels, L., 1922 
(Myrtaceae),—Finsch, O,, 1893 (descr., econ. pi.).—Harms, H., 1920-21 
(Araliaceae).—Hinds, R. B., 1842 (fl. descr.).—Lam, H. J., 1934 (discussion, 
bibliog.).—Martelli, U., 1912 (Pandanaceae).—Rechinger, K,, 1907-15 (enum. 
author's coll.).—Scheffer, R. H. C. C.p 1876a (enum.).—Schellenberg, G., 1923a 
(Opiliaceae, Olacaceae, Icacinaceae); 1923b (Connaraceae).—Sleumer, H., 1942 
(Ericaceae).—Vale ton, T., 1914a (Nyctaginaceae).—Zahlbruchner, A., 1911 
(lichens Rechinger exped.). 
New Hebrides: Ames, 0., 1931, 1932 (Orchidaceae).—Aubert de la Rue, E., 1937 
(general).—Baker, J. R., and Baker, I., 1936 (seasons).—Bentham, G., 1843 
(enum. Hinds, Barclay coll. from Tanna),—Biehler, J. F. T.( 1807 (n. spp.).— 
Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W., 1915a (list Musci).—Cop eland, E. B., 1932b 
(enum. ferns).—Cretzoiu, P., 1934 (n. spp.).—Danser, B. H., 1934 (Loranthaceae). 
—Davill£, E., 1895 (general).—Guilfoyle, W. R., 1869 (descr,).—Guillaumin, A., 
1919-29 (enum. Levat's coll.); 1929a (phytogeogr.); 1931-33 (enum. Kajewski's 
coll.); 1934a (phytogeogr.); 1935, 1937 (enum. Aubert de la Rue's coll.); 1938 
(fl. Espiritu Santo Island).—Hinds, R. B„ 1842 (descr.).—Hitchcock, A. S, 1932 
(Gramineae).—Jeanpert, E,p 1911 (list ferns).—Kajewski, S. F., 1930 (descr.).— 
Kuhn, M., 1869b (enum. ferns).—Manguin, E., 1938 (diatoms).—Martelli, U., 
1931, 1932a (Pandanaceae).—Milne, W., 1855 (voy. "Herald").—Morrison, A., 
1897, 1902 (general).—Mueller, F. von, 1873 (list, phytogeogr.).—Schlechter, R., 
1906 (Orchidaceae).—Sparhawk, W. N., 1944 (forests).—Sprengel, K., 1807 (n. 
spp.).—Summerhayes, V. S., 1932 (Artocarpaceae).—Theriot, J., 1938 (list 
Musci), 
See also Santa Cruz. 
New Ireland: Bentham, G,, 1843 (enum.).—Hinds, R. B,, 1842 (descr.). 
Norfolk Island: Backhouse, J., 1843 (notes).—Came, J. E., 1885 (list).—Cunning- 
ham, A., 1842 (notes, list).—Downing, C. T., 1862 (econ. pi.).—Endlicher, S. L., 
1833b (flora, Bauer coll.).—Laing, R. M., 1901, 1906 (list marine algae); 1915 
(list seed pi.) ; 1916 (ferns).—Maiden, J. H., 1903 (enum.).—Moore, C., and 
Betche, E., 1893 (handbook).—Mueller, F. von, 1875b, 1884, 1885 (lists, notes). 
—Reinbold, T., 1900 (list marine algae).—Tate, R., 1893 (phytogeogr.).—Willis, 
J. C, 1919 (descr. flora). 
Philip Island (San Cristoval, Solomon Islands) : Cunningham, A., 1842 (notes, 
list). 
Santa Cruz Islands: Ames, O., 1932a, 1933 (enum. Orchidaceae).—Copeland, E. B., 
1931 (Kajewski's fern coll. Vanikoro Island).—Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (enum.).— 
Setchell, W. A., 1935d (marine algae). 
Solomon Islands: Beck, G, von, 1888b (enum. Stewart atolls).—Hemsley, W. B., 
1894 (notes).—Keissler, K. von, 1909 (fungi).—Rechinger, K., 1907-15 (enum. 
author's coll.); 1908a (descr. voyage).—Rechinger, K., and Rechinger, L., 1906 
(descr. voyage).—Stockmayer, S., 1915 (enum. algae).—Wille, N., 1915 (enum. 
algae). 
SECTION III—SYSTEMATIC 
COMPREHENSIVE TREATMENTS 
Baillon, H., 1867-95 ("Hist. pi."). 
Bentham, G., and Hooker, J. D., 1862-83 ("Gen. pi."). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 347 
Candolle, A., and Candolle, C. de, 1878-96 ("Monogr. phan. prodr."). 
Candolle, A. P., de, 1818-21 ("Reg. veg. syst. nat."). 
Candolle, A. P., Candolle, A,, and Candolle, C. de, 1824-74 ("Prodr. syst. nat. 
reg. veg."). 
Dietrich, A., 1831-33 ("Linne sp. pi"). 
Dietrich, D. N. F., 1839-52 ("Synop. pi."). 
Don, G, 1831-38 ("Gen. hist, dichlamyd. pi."). 
Endlicher, S. L., 1836-50 ("Gen. pi"). 
Engler, A., 1892-1936 ("Syllabus . . ."). 
Engler, A., 1900 ("Pflanzenreich"). 
Engler, A., and Prantl, K., 1887-1908, 1892-1936, 1924-40 ("Pflanzenfamilien"). 
Gmelin, J, F., 1791 ("Linne syst. nat."). 
Kunth, K. S., 1833—50 ("Enum. pi."). 
Kuntze, O., 1891-98 ("Revis. gen. pi."). 
Lamarck, J. B. A. P. M. de, 1783-1817 ("Encycl. meth. bot.") ; 1791-1823 ("Tab. 
encycl. method."). 
Lemee, A., 1929-39 ("Diet, descr. syn. gen, pi. phanerog."). 
Linnaeus, C, 1753 ("Sp. pi."); 1754 ("Gen. pi."); 1758-59 ("Syst. nat."). 
Linnaeus, C., (fil.), 1781 ("Suppl. pi. syst veg"), 
Meisner, C. F,, 1836-43 ("PI. vase. gen"). 
Murray, J. A., 1784 (Linnaeus' "Syst. reg.", ed. 14). 
Persoon, C. H., 1805-07 ("Synop. pi."). 
Pfeiffer, K. G. L., 1873-74 ("Nomencl. bot."). 
Presl, K. B., 1834 ("Repert. bot. syst"). 
Richter, H E., 1835-40 ("Linn. syst. gen. sp, pi."). 
Roemer, J. J., and Schultes, J. A., 1817-30 ("Syst. veg."). 
Sprengel, A,, 1828 ("Tent, suppl. syst. veg. Linn."). 
Sprengel, K., 1825-28 ("Linn. syst. veg."). 
Vahl, M., 1790-94 ("Symb. bot"); 1805-06 ("Enum. pi."). 
Willdenow, C. L„ 1797-1830 ("Linn. sp. pi."). 
CELLULAR CRYPTOGAMS 
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J. B. M., 1827-29 (enum. "Coquille" voy.).—Keissler, K. 
von, 1923 (misc. descr.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1835 (Juan Fernandez); 1842-45 
("Astrolabe" and "Zelee" voy.) ; 1843 (misc. descr.) ; 1850-52 (Juan Fernandez) ; 
1856 ("Sylloge gen. sp. . . .").—Roumeguere, C., 1882 (Remy coll.).—Schkuhr, 
C., 1809 (monogr.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1904-16 ("Sched. ad Kryptog. exsicc."). 
SCHIZ OMYCETES 
Lewton-Brain, L., and Derr, N,, 1909 (on Hawaiian sugars).—Martin, J. P., 
1930a (gumming disease of sugar cane—Bacterium vascufarum).—Parris, G. K., 
1940 (check list).—Stevenson, J. H., and Rands, R. D., 1938 (associated with 
sugar cane). 
MYXOMYCETES (Slime molds) 
Davis, W. C., and Allen, O. N., 1932 (Oahu, Hawaii).—Fries, R. E., 1920 
(Juan Fernandez).—Lister, A., 1894-1925 (monogr.).—Lister, G., 1922 (New 
Caledonia).—Macbride, T. H., 1926 (Stemonitis, Fiji).—Macbride, T. H., and 
Martin, G. W., 1934 (monogr.).—Uendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. 
le M., 1921-22 (Compton's New Caledonia, Isle of Pines coll.).—Rostabinski, 
J. T., 1874-75, 1876 (monogr.). 
348 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
ALGAE 
GENERAL 
Bibliographies: Lemmermann, E., 1903 (phytoplankton).—Levring, T.t 1941 (Juan 
Fernandez).—Okamura, K., 1932, 1934.—Tilden, J., 1920.—Toni, G. B. de, 1931- 
32, 1937-39. 
Calcareous algae: Utinomi, H,, 1942. See also Coral reefs. 
Collectors, collections, expeditions and voyages: 
"Albatross": Mann, A., 1907 (diatoms). 
"Bonite" : Montagne, J. F, C., 1846. 
"Challenger" : Dickie, G,f 1876a, 1876b. 
Galtsoff, P, S.: Howe, M. A., 1934 (Hawaii). 
"Gazelle": Askenasy, E,, 1889. 
Graeffe, E.,: Grunow, A., 1873. 
Moseley, H. N,: Dickie, G., 1876b, 1877. 
"Novara" Expedition : Grunow, A., 1867,1872. 
Parks, H, E. (See Setchell). 
Prussian Expedition : Martens, G. von, 1866. 
"Physicienne" : Agardh, K. A., 1827. 
Rechinger Expedition : Stockmayer, S., 1915.—Wille, N., 1915, 
Schauinsland, H.: Lemmermann, E., 1899, 1901, 1905.—Reinbold, T., 1899. 
Setchell and Parks : Setchell, W. A., 1926a. 
"Siboga" Expedition : Weber van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M., 1904. 
U. S. Exploring Expedition : Bailey, J. W., and Harvey, W. H., 1862.—Harvey, 
W. H„ 1860. 
"Uranie" : Agardh, K. A., 1827. 
"Vettor Pisani": Piccone, A., 1885, 1886a, 1886b, 1889. 
Wolle, Francis: Drouet, F., 1939 (Myxophyceae). 
Coral reefs: Christophersen, E., 1927b (plant life).—Howe, M. A., 1912.—Mac- 
Caughey, V., 1916g (Hawaii).—Setchell, W. A., 1923 (Tahiti); 1928b (phyto- 
geogr.). See also Algae—Systematic—Rhodophyceae—Corallinaceae. 
Distribution: See Phytogeography. 
Ecology. See Phytogeography and ecology. 
Economic and edible algae: Chase, F. M., 1942.—Miller, C. D., 1927.—Reed, M., 
1907. 
Edible: See preceding entry. 
Exploration and study in Pacific: Farlow, W, G., 1916.—Tilden, J., 1921. 
Illustrations: Harvey, W. H., 1847-49— Kutzing, F. T., 1845-71. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Foslie, M„ 1907b.—Mazza, A., 1905-25 
("Saggio Alg. Ocean.").—Schmidle, W., 1897a.—Toni, G. B. de, 1937-39 ("Diagn. 
a!g. nov."). 
Phytogeography and ecology: Kanda, C., 1944 (near Palau).—Okamura, K., 1932, 
1934 (distrib.).—Setchell, W. A., 1934 (paleogeogr.).—Simmons, H. G., 1905.— 
Skottsberg, C.T 1941 f, 1943a (marine communities Juan Fernandez).—Svedelius, 
N., 1924.—Tilden, J., 1928 (distrib,),—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chlorophyceae). 
Plankton algae: Lemmermann, E., 1899, 1901, 1903.—Matue, Y., 1942.—Motoda, S., 
1941.—Tokioka, T., 1941a, 1941b. 
Systematic treatments, lists, etc.: See under Algae—General—Collectors, collec- 
tions, explorers, and expeditions; and at the beginning of Algae—Systematic. 
Textbooks: Kutzing, F. T., 1843.—Tilden, J., 1935. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 349 
REGIONAL 
POLYNESIA 
Cook Islands—Mangaia : Dickie, G., 1875 (list). 
Easter Island: Borgesen, F., 1924 (list, marine).—Levring, T,, 1943b (Coralli- 
naceae).—Petersen, J, B., 1926 (Cyanophyceae).—Strom, K. M.. 1922 (fresh- 
water) . 
Ellice Islands: Howe, M. A., 1912 (coral reels). 
Funafuti: Barton, E. S.f 1900 (crit.).—Foslie, M., 1900a (calcareous). 
Hawaiian Islands: Braun, A., 1849 (Characeae),—Chamberlain, J. E., 1880 (list).— 
Chase, F. M., 1942 (edible).—Howe, M. A., 1934 (list, Galtsoff coll.).—Lemmer- 
mann, E., 1905 (enum. Schauinsland coll.).—MacCaughey, V., 1916c (seaweeds) ; 
1916g (coral reefs); I917h, 1918a (list).—Neal, M. C., 1930 (ecol., marine).— 
Nordstedt, O., 1878 (fresh-water and Characeae).—Piccone, A., 1889 (n. spp.). 
—Reed, M., 1907 (economic).—Reichardt, H. W., 1877 (Wawra's coll.).—Rein- 
bold, T., 1899 (list Schauinsland coll.).—Setchell, W. A.( 1905 (Hawaiian names).— 
Stockmayer, S., 1915 (fresh-water).—Tilden, J., 1901, 1902, 1904 (lists, accounts) ; 
1910 (Myxophyceae).—Wille, N.f 1915 (fresh-water). 
Juan Fernandez: Levring, T., 1941 (marine algae) ; 1943a (Corallinaceae).— 
Setchell, W. A., 1937 (Codium).—Skottsberg, C., 1941 f, 1943a (marine algal 
communities).—Strom, K. M,, 1922 (fresh-water). 
Kermadec Islands: Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 1911b (enum.). 
Niuafoou (between Samoa and Fiji): Howe, M. A., 1932 (list). 
Samoa: Esmarch, F., 1910-11 (Cyanophyceae).—Grunow, A., 1873 (list Graeffe 
coll.).—Reinbold, T., 1899 (Schauinsland coll.).—Schmidle, W., 1897c ("Baumal- 
gen").—Stockmayer, S., 1915 (enum.).—Wille, N., 1913 (fresh-water) ; 1915 
(enum.). 
Society Islands—Tahiti: Brand, F., 1-911a (crit.).—Setchell, W. A., 1923 (coral 
reefs) ; 1926a (list Setchell and Parks coll.) ; 1926d (phytogeogr.).—Weber van 
Bosse, A., 1910 (Caulerpa). 
Tonga or Friendly Islands: Grunow, A., 1873 (list Graeffe coll.). 
MICRONESIA 
Caroline Islands: Kanda, C., 1942 (Palau).—Okamura, K., 1904, 1916 (lists).— 
Reinbold, T., 1901 (list, mostly Yap).—Schmidle, W., 1901 (lists).—Schmidt, 
O. C., 1928 (enum.).—Yamada, Y,, 1926 (Chlorophyceae) ; 1944b (list Ant Atoll). 
Marianas Islands: Braun, A., 1849 (Characeae).—Groves, J., 1921 (Guam Charo- 
phyta)—Okamura, K., 1916 (list).—Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.).—Yamada, Y„ 
1926 (Chlorophyceae). 
Marshall Islands: Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.).—Yamada, Y., 1926 (Chloro- 
phyceae) . 
MELANESIA 
Fiji Islands: Askenasy, E., 1889 ("Gazelle" exped.) .—Grunow, A., 1873 (list, 
marine).—Howe, M. A., 1912 (coral reefs).—Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum.). 
Isle of pines: Ren die, A. B, Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (enum. 
Compton's coll.). 
Lord Howe Island: Lucas, A. H. S., 1935 (marine). 
New Caledonia: Carter, N., 1922 (freshwater).—Gepp, A., 1922 (marine).— 
Groves, J., 1922 (Charophyta).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G.f and Moore, 5. le M., 
1921-22 (enum. Compton's N. Cal., Isle of Pines coll.). 
New Hebrides: Manguin, E., 1938 (diatoms), 
700080—47—23 
350 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Norfolk Island: Laing, R. M., 1901, 1906 (list, marine).—Reinbold, T., 1900 list, 
marine). 
Santa Cruz Island: Setchell, W. A., 1935d (marine). 
Solomon Islands; Stockmayer, S.t 1915 (enum.).—Wille, N., 1915 (enum.), 
SYSTEMATIC 
Agardh, J. G, 1848-76 ("Spec. gen. and ord.") ; 1880-90 ("Till alg. syst/') 1891- 
99 ("Anal, alg.")Kiitzing, F. T., 1843 ("Phycol. gen."); 1849 ("Spec. alg."). 
—Okamura, K., 1932 (list).—Schmidt, O. C., 1928 (enum. W. Pacif.).—Toni, 
G. B. de, 1889-1924 ("Sylloge alg."). 
CHLOROPHYCEAE 
Yamada, Y,, 1926 (phytogeogr.). 
Avralnvillea (Codiaceae) : Howe, M. A., 1907. 
Cfaaraceae: Allen, T. F., 1887 (Nitella muthnatae).—Braun, A., 1849 (Marianas, 
Hawaii).—Groves, J., 1921 (Guam), 1922 (New Caledonia),—Nordstedt, O., 
1878 (Hawaii) ; 1888 (Berlin herb.).—Zaneveld, J. S., 1940 (monogr.) 
Chlorodesmis tahitensis (Codiaceae) : Brand, P., 1911b. 
Cladophoraceae: Brand, F,, 1905 (n. spp. Hawaii). 
Codiaceae: Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. S., 1911a ("Siboga" exped,).—Schmidt, O. C., 
1923 (C odium).—Setchell, W. A., 1937 (C odium in Juan Fernandez) ; 1940 (C. 
phasmaitcum). 
Desmidiaceae: Nordstedt, O., 1896,1908 (index). 
Dictyosphaeria (Valoniaceae) : Crosby, C. M., 1903 (Hawaii). 
Flabellarieae: Gepp, A., and Gepp, E. 5., 1911a (monogr,). 
Halimeda (Codiaceae) : Barton, E. S., 1900 (laxa)t 1901 (revis.)Howe, M. A., 
1907 (dtscoidea).—Yamada, Y., 1941 (enum. Micronesia); 1944a (n. spp.). 
Macrodictyon: (Valoniaceae) : Gray, J. E., 1866b (n. gen.). 
Microdictyon (Valoniaceae) : Gray, J. E., 1866a, 1866b (velleyanum, montaynei). 
Setchell, W. A., 1925-35 (crit.) ; 1929 (revis.) ; 1935a (crit.), 
Nitella: See under Characeae. 
Ostreobium okamurai (Phyllosiphoniaceae) : Weber van Bosse, A., 1932. 
Phycopeltis (Chroolepidaceae) : Printz, H., 1940 (monogr.),—Santesson, R., 1944 
(nigra). 
Trentepohliaceae: Printz, H., 1940 (monogr.). 
Udota (Codiaceae) : Gepp, A, and Gepp, E. S., 1911a (monogr.).—Yamada, Y., 
1930 (geppii). 
BACILLARIACEAE (Diatoms) 
Allen, W. E., 1936 (surface plankton N. Pacific).—Bailey, J. W., 1853 (list, 
U. S. Exploring Exped.).—Castracane degli Antelminelli, F., 1886 ("Challenger" 
exped.).—Greville, R. K.( 1863, 1863-66, 1866 (new, crit. spp.).—Grunow, A., 
1872 ("Novara" exped.).—Harvey, W. H., and Bailey, J. W., 1853-55 (n. spp. 
U. 5. Exploring Exped.).—Hustedt, F., 1942 (freshwater, Hawaii),—Kitton, F., 
1888 (n. spp. Bidduiphta, Fiji).—Manguin, E., 1938 (New Hebrides).—Mann, 
A., 1907 ("Albatross" exped.).—Matue, Y,, 1942 (list Palati).—Mereschkowsky, 
C., 1902 (Samoa, Tahiti, Hawaii, etc.).—Mills, F. W., 1933-35 (index gen., 
spp,).—Peragallo, H., and Peragallo, M., 1911 (Rechinger exped., Samoa, 
Solomons, Hawaii).—Witt, O. N., 1873, 1874 (n. spp. Tahiti, etc.). 
EUGLENINEAE 
Trachelomonas: Deflandre, G., 1926-27 (monogr.). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 351 
PHAEOPHYCEAE 
Grunow, A., 1873 (Phaeosporeae, Fucoideae). 
Caulerpa (Caulerfaceae) : Trevisan, V. B. A., 1849.—Weber van Bosse, A., 1898 
(monogr,) ; 1910 (Tahiti).—Yamada, Y,, 1944a (n. spp. micronesia). 
Padina variegata (Dictyotaceae) : Papenfuss, G. F., 1943. 
Pocockiella (Dictyotaceae) : Papenfuss, G. F., 1943. 
Sargassum (Fucaceae) : Grunow, A., 1915-16 (n. spp.).—Kuntze, O., 1880 
(revis.).—Sjostedt, L. G., 1924 {skottsbergii).—Yamada, Y, 1942 (notes), 
Sphacelariaceae: Sauvageau, C., 1900-14 (monogr.). 
RHODOPHYCEAE 
Grunow, A.t 1873 (Florideae). 
Astrochaetium (Ceramiaceae?) : Papenfuss, G. F., 1945 (review). 
Bostrychia (Rhodomelaceae) : Post, E,, 1936 (taxon.); 1938-39 (radicans); 1939 
(kelanensis.)—Tokida, J., 1941 (Palau, Carolines). 
Botryocladia skottsbergii (Rhodymeniaceae) : Papenfuss, G. F„ 1944a. 
Caloglossa (Delesseeiaceae) : Post, E., 1936 (taxon., distrib.); 1938-39 (ogasa- 
waraensis). 
Cheilosporum speciabile (Corallinaceae) : Yendo, K., 1905. 
Chondriella ( Chondriellaceae) : Levring, T., 1941. 
Chrysymenia skottsbergii (Rhodymeniaceae) : Papenfuss, G. F., 1941a. 
Corallina chinettsis: Harvey, W. H., 1847-49. 
Corallinaceae: Decaisne, J., 1842 (Hawaii).—Foslie, M., 1900a (Funafuti); 1907a 
(Samoa).—Howe, M. A., (coral reef formation).—Levring, T.f 1943a (Juan 
Fernandez) ; 1943b (Easter Island).—Weber van Bosse, A., and Foslie, M., 1904 
("Siboga" exped.).—Yendo, K., 1905 (list). 
Dictyotopsis propagulifera (Incert. sed.) : Post, E., 1938-39. 
Fernandosiphonia (Rhodomelaceae) : Levring, F., 1941. 
Galaxaura (Chaetangiaceae) : Butters, F. K., 1911.—Chou, R. C.-Y., 1945. 
Gelidiella acerosa ( Gelidiaceae) : Feldmann, J., and Hamel, G., 1934. 
Goniotrichum alsidii (Bangiaceae) : Tanaka, Takesi, 1944a. 
Gn&thaia (Ceramiaceae) : Abbott, I. A., 1946 (Hawaii). 
Halarachnion calcareum (Nemastomaceae) : Okamura, K., 1916. 
Helminthocladiaceae: Papenfuss, G. F., 1946 (crit.), 
Hypnea (Hypnaceae) : Tanaka, Takesi, 1941 (Japan). 
Laurencia (Rhodomelaceae) : Yamada, Y., 1931. 
Liagora (Helminthocladiaceae) : Abbot, I. A., 1945 (Hawaii).—Butters, F. K., 
1911.—Zeh, W.f 1912.—Yamada, Y., 1938 (pinnata, etc.). 
Lithothamnion (Corallinaceae) : Dickie, G., 1877 (imbricatum, mamiUare).— 
Hedrich, F., 1901 (Paris Mus.). 
Marchesettia spongioides (Sphaerococcaceae ): Hauek, F., 1882. 
M«lobesieae: Foslie, M., 1900b (n. spp. Lithophyllum), 1900c (revis.).—Hedrich, 
F., 1901 (Melobesia pacifica), 
Protoflorideae (section of Florideae) : Tanaka, Takesi, 1944a, 1944b. 
Rhodochorton (Ceramiaceae?) : Papenfuss, G. F., 1945 (review). 
Scinaia (Chaetangiaceae) : Setchell, W. A., 1914. 
T&enioma (Delesseriaceae) ; Papenfuss, G. F, 1944b (taxon.).—Tseng, C. K., 
1944 (perpusillum). 
Trematocarpus (Sphaerococcaceae) : Zahlbruckner, A., 1893. 
Trichogloea (Helminthocladiaceae) : Butters, F. K., 1903.—Papenfuss, G. F., 
1946 (requienii). 
contributions from the national herbarium 
MYXOPHYCEAE (Blue-green algae) 
Drouet, F., 1939 (Wolle's coll. Hawaii).—Esmarch, F., 1910—11 (n. spp, Samoa).— 
Petersen, J. B., 1926 (Easter Island).—Tilden, J., 1910 (Hawaii).—Toni, G. B. de, 
1937-39 spp.). 
Calothrix sandvicense (Rivulauiaceae) : Schmidle; W., 1897b. 
Entophysalis samoensis (Entophysalidaceae) : Gardner, N. L., 1927. 
Lyngbya (Oscxlla tori ace ae) : Schmidle, W.t 1897a (distincta)Toni, G. B. de, 
1939 (putealis). 
Mastigocoleus obtusus (Stigonemataceae) : Geitler, L., 1925. 
Oscillatoriaceae: Gomont, M., 1892 (monogr.). 
Hosaria ramosa ( Stigonemataceae) : Geitler, L., 1925. 
Skujaella (Oscillatoriaceae) : Fremy, P., 1941 (revis.). 
Stigonema (Stigonemataceae) : Mirande, R,, 1920 (n. spp., New Caledonia). 
Trichodesmium (Oscillatoriaceae) : Fremy, P., 1941 (revis.). 
CLASS UNCERTAIN 
Hydracantfaus fistulosus: Kiitzing, F. T., 1847 (Marianas Islands). 
FUNGI 
GENERAL 
Aquatic: Indo, K., 1941. 
Collectors, collections, expeditions and voyages: 
"Challenger" Expedition : Berkeley, M. J., 1877. 
Chamisso, L. C. A. von : Ehrenberg, C, G., 1820. 
Compton, R. H,: Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 
(New Caledonia, Isle of Pines). 
Darwin, C.: Berkeley, M. J., 1842a. 
Gaudichaud, C.: Leveille, J. H., 1846-49.—Persoon, C. H., 1827. 
"Gazelle" Expedition: Thiimen, F, von, and Mueller, J,, 1889 (Fiji). 
Ledermann, C.: Sydow, H., and Sydow, P., 1921 (Micronesia). 
Meyen, F. J. F.: Klotzsch, J. F., 1843. 
"Novara" Expedition: Reichardt, H. W.f 1866, 1870. 
Parks, H. E.: Parks, H. E., 1926 (Tahiti). 
Rechinger, K.: Keissler, K. von, 1910. 
SAvfes, T.: Mueller, J,, 1887a (Noumea, New Caledonia). 
Setchell, W. A.: Parks, H. E., 1926 (Tahiti). 
Seurat: Patouillard, N., 1906a (French Polynesia). 
U. S. Exploring Expedition (Wilkes Expedition) : Berkeley, M. J., and Curtis, 
M. A., 1851.—Curtis, M. A., and Berkeley, M. J„ 1862. 
Wawra, H.: Reichardt, H. W., 1877. 
Hosts: See Section I—Hosts and their diseases. 
Luminous: Haneda, Y,, 1942. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Lloyd, C. G., 1912-15, 1924b.—Macbride, 
T. H., 1926.—Patouillard, N., 1896-1908, 1902. 
Names proposed by C. G. Lloyd: Stevenson, J. A,, and Cash, E. K., 1936. 
Nematodes, capture of: Lin ford, M. B., 1937 (Hawaii) ; 1939. 
REGIONAL 
POLYNESIA 
Patouillard, N„ 1906a (French Polynesia). 
Easter Island: Arwidsson, T., 1940 (parasitic).—Fries, T. C, E., 1922 (Gas- 
teromycetes). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 
Hawaiian Islands: Bessey, E. A.f 1943 (crit.).—Burt, E. A.t 1923 (list higher 
fungi).—Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M., 1895 (n. spp.).—Fries, E.t 1851 (n. 
spp.).—Keissler, K. von, 1910 (micromycetes) ; 1920-27 (n. spp.).—L£veill6, J. H., 
1846-49 (Gaudichaud exped.).—Parris, G. K., 1940 (check list).—Reichardt, H. 
W., 1877 (Wawra's coll.).—Stevens, F. L.( 1925a, 1925b (enum.) 
Juan Fernindez: Arwidsson, T., 1940 (parasitic).—Berkeley, M. J., 1839-41.— 
Fries, T. C. E.r 1922 (Gasteromycetes).—Keissler, K. von, 1928a, 1928b.—Romell, 
L., 1928 (Basidiomycetes). 
Kermadec Islands: Oliver, W. R. B., 1911 (list). 
Samoa: Bresadola, G., and Patouillard, N., 1901—Holinel, F. von, 1907.—Keissler, 
K. von, 1909, 1910. 
Society Islands—Tahiti : Fries, E., 1851.—Lloyd, C. G., 1925.—Montagne, J. F. C., 
1848.—Parks, H. E., 1926 (Setchell and Parks coll.).—Reichardt, H. W., 1866 
("Novara" exped.), 
Tuamotu Islands—Gambier Islands : Patouillard, N., 1904. 
MICRONESIA 
Graff, P. W., 1917 (Guam).—Hennings, P., 1897 (Marshall Islands); 1901 
(Caroline Islands).—Imazeki, R., 1941 (enum. higher fungi).—Keissler, K. von, 
1920-27 (Marianas Islands).—Kobayasi, Y., 1937c (hist, investigations); 1937-39 
(enum.),—Nishiyama, S., 1941 (Palau, Carolines).—Sydow, H., and Sydow P., 
1921 (Ledermann's coll.). 
MELANESIA 
Fiji Islands: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f.—Smith, W. G., 1871.—Thiimen, F. von, and 
Mueller, J., 1889. 
Loyalty Islands: Wakefield, E. M., 1920 (enum.). 
New Caledonia: Crie, L., 1874.—Hariot, P., and Patouillard, N,, 1903.—Patouillard, 
N., 1887-1915.—Vouaux, L., 1910.—Wakefield, E. M., 1920, 1922.—Wakefield, 
E. M., Massee, G, and Cotton, A. D., 1916. 
Solomon Islands: Keissler, K. von, 1909. 
SYSTEMATIC 
Clements, F. E., and Shear, C. L.f 1931 (genera).—Saccardo, P. A. 1882-1931 
("Sylloge fungorum"). 
MYXOMYCETES 
See before ALGAE 
FHYCOMYCETES ; 
Naumov, N. A., 1939 (key to Mucorinaceae). 
Albugo Candida: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f (on Cruciferae, Fiji). 
Allomyces: Emerson, R., 1941 (taxon.). 
Chytridineae: Lyon, H. L., 1919b.—Carpenter, C. W., 1940. 
Mortierella elasson: Naumov, N. A., 1939. 
Phytophthora hibernalis: Parham, B. E. V., 1942£ (on Citrus, Fiji). 
Plasmodiophora brassicae: Lyon, H. L., 1910d (cane disease in Fiji). 
Pythium: Carpenter, C. W., 1920b; 1921 (butleri) ; 1928-34 (root of sugarcane). 
—Middleton, J. T., 1943 (taxon. distrib.). 
Rheosporangium aphanodermatus: Carpenter, C. W., 1921 (root rot of Hawaiian 
sugarcane). 
Rhizopus artocarpi: Parham, B. E. V., 1942f (Fiji). 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Sclerospora: Lyon, H. L.t 1915a (sacchari sugarcane disease in Fiji).—Western, 
W. H., jr., 1929 (northi n. sp., Fiji). 
ASCOMYCJ3TES 
Cash, E. K., 1938 (New Hawaiian Discomycetes).—Keissler, K. von, 1928a (Juan 
Fernandez).—Kobayasi, Y., 1941 (monogr. Cordycefis and allies). 
Asterina: Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M., 1897 (sphaerelloides).—Theissen, F., 
1919 (samoensis). 
Asterineae; Arnaud, G., 1918,1921-23,1925,1930,1931. 
Atichia: Cotton, A. D., 1914. 
Botryosphaeria rib is: Stevens, N. E., and Shear, C. L,, 1929. 
Capnodium anonae: Theissen, F., and Sydow, H., 1917. 
Cordyceps: Kobayasi, Y.f 1941 (monogr.). 
Corynelia uberala: Arnaud, G., 1930. 
Daldinia: Child, M.( 1932 (revis.). 
Dimerosporium samoense: Hennings, P., 1894.—Theissen, F., 1919. 
Dimorphomycetae; Thaxter, R., 1920. 
Dothideales: Theissen, F., and Sydow, H., 1915 (monogr.). 
Dothidella yapensis: Hennings, P., 1902. 
Euthrypton globtferum: Theissen, F., 1917, 
Gnomonia: Lyon, H. L.f 1910c, 1912b (sugar cane disease). 
Haplophyse oahnensis: Theissen, F., 1916. 
Hypocrea: Lloyd, C. G.t 1924a (Peltata).—Patouillard, N.p and Heriot, P., 1906 
(incarnata). 
Hypomyces caledonicus: Patouillard, N., 1-887. 
Laboulbeniaceae: Thaxter, R., 1896-1931 (monogr.) ; 1902 (n. spp.). 
Lembosia tenella: Leveille, J. H., 1845. 
Leptosphaeria sacchari: Larsen, L. D., 1913b. 
Lophodermium: Lyon, H. L., 1913b (sacchari).—Tehon, L. R., 1935 (monogr.). 
Mdiola: Bornet, E., 1851 (moerenhoutiana).—Gaillard, A., 1892 (monogr.).— 
L€veill£, J. H,, 1846 (moerenhoutiana). 
Meliolineae: Stevens, F. L., 1927-28 (monogr.). 
Mycosphaerella striatiformans: Cobb, N. A., 1906. 
Montagnella alyxiae: Patouillard, N., and Ha riot, P., 1912. 
Phyaalospora: Stevens, N. E., and Shear, C. L., 1929 (fusca, malormn), 
Sphaerella trichomanes: Cooke, M. C., 1885. 
Sphaeria feejeetisis: Berkeley, M. J., 1842b. 
Squamotubera: Hennings, P., 1903 (n. gen.). 
Trichothallus haicaiiensis: Santesson, R., 1944. 
Ustulina: Wilkins, W. H., 1934 (vulgaris, sonata). 
Xylaria: Lyon, H. L., 1915d (Hibiscus disease).—Rehm, H, 1911 (ntorcheili- 
formts). 
Yoshinagella polymorpha: Petrak, F., 1927. 
BASIDIOMYCETES 
Imazeki, R, 1941 (enum. higher fungi Micronesia).—Lloyd, C. G., 1912 (synop. 
polyporoids).—Romell, L., 1928 (Juan Fernandez).—Singer, R., 1945 (Laschia- 
complex). 
Agaricus: Berkeley, M. J., 1842b (n. spp. Fiji, Tahiti), 
Calocera: Kobayasi, Y., 1939b (monogr.). 
Campanella: Singer, R.t 1945. 
Clathrus Irilobatus: Cobb, N. A„ 1906. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 355 
Clavaria flabeilata: Wakefield, E. M.t 1922. 
Clavariopus: Kobayasi, Y,, 1937b,—Patouillard, N., and Hariot, P., 1912 (puhhella). 
Corticium subsphaerosporum: Keissler, K. von, 1928b. 
CrinipelliB: Singer, R., 1943 (monogr.). 
Dacrymyces: Kobayasi, Y., 1939a (monogr.). 
Dictyophora: Fischer, E., 1914 (New Caledonia). 
Encoelia neo-caledonica: Wakefield, E. M., 1922, 
Favolaschia: Singer, R, 1945. 
Femsjonia: Kobayasi, Y., 1939b (monogr.). 
Filoboletus: Singer, R., 1945. 
Fomes: Imazeki, R,, 1941 (n. sp.).—Lloyd, C. G., 1915b (synopsis). 
Ganoderma: Patouillard, N"., 1889b (syst.). 
Gasteroraycetes: Fries, T. C. E., 1922.—Kobayasi, Y., 1937a (distrib.). 
Gcaster: Lloyd, C, G., 1902. 
Guepinia: Kobayasi, Y., 1939b (monogr.). 
Hemileia: Massee, G., 1906a ( revis.). 
Hexagona: Berkeley, M. J., 1842a (fasciata).—Lloyd, C. G.t 1910a (synop.). 
Holtermannia: Kobayasi, Y., 1937b (crit.). 
Ithyphallus coralloides: Cobb, N. A., 1906. 
Lepiota xylophila: Peck, C, H., 1907. 
Lloydella: Bresadola, G., and Patouillard, N., 1901. 
Lycoperdaceae: Lloyd, C. G., 1905 (Australia, New Zealand, etc.). 
Mitremyces: Patouillard, N., 1906b (New Caledonia). 
Nidulariaceae: Lloyd, C. G., 1906a (syst.). 
Phallalea: Lloyd, C. G., 1906-07 (crit.) ; 1909 (synop.). 
Pleurotus lux: Hariot, P., 1892. 
Polyporus: Cooke, M. C., 1878 (enum.).—Lloyd, C. G., 1915a (synop. sect. A pus). 
—Patouillard, N., 1889a (pachyphtoeus). 
Polystictua: Lloyd, C. G., 1910b (synop.). 
Puccinia: Cummins, G. B., 1935 (parksiana) ; 1937-43 (molokaiensis). 
Sphacelotheca monilifera: Clinton, G. P., 1902. 
Stercum: Lloyd, C. G., 1913 (synop. stipitate spp,). 
Thelephoreae: Massee, G., 1889-90. 
Tremella samoensis: Lloyd, C. G., 1919. 
Tylostoma leveilkatium: Lloyd, C. G., 1906b. 
Uredineae: Keissler, K. von, 1928a (Juan Fernandez).—Sydow, P., and Sydow, H., 
1903-24 (monogr.), 
Uredinopsis: Faull, J. H., 1938 (taxon., distrib.). 
Uredo: Cummins, G. B., 1937-43 (wakensis), 
Uromyces phaseoli: Parris, G. K., 1938b (on beans). 
Volvaria bresadolae: Imai, S., and Aizawa, T., 1942. 
FUNGI IMPERFECTI 
Keissler, V, von, 1928a (Juan Fernandez). 
Arcothecium lunatum: Larsen, L. D., 1913b. 
Aposphaeria conavaliae: Massee, G., 1906b. 
Aschersonia taitensis: Fetch, T., 1914,1921. 
Aspergillus: Larsen, L. D., 1911b (on cane mealy bug).—Thorn, C., and Raper, 
K. B., 1945 (manual), 
Cercospora: Larsen, L. D., 1912a (sacchari) ; 1912b (vaginae) —Wakefield, E. M., 
1931 (didymochitonis). 
Depazea celastrina: Leveille, J. H,, 1845. 
Dichotomophthora portulacae: Mehrlich, F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M., 1935, 
356 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Diplodia eacooicola: Lyon, H, L,, 1912a. 
Fusarium: Lyon, H. L., 1911c (on Legutninosae in Hawaii). 
Fusicoccura canavaliae: Lyon, H. L., 1913a. 
Gibellula suffulta: Speare, A. T.f 1912c. 
Gloeosporium canavaliae: Lyon, H. L., 1913a. 
Helminthosporium sac char i: Parris, G. K., 1942, 
Macrophoma pandani: Verona, O., 1931. 
Melanconium: Lewton-Brain, L., 1907 (sacchari).—Lyon, H. L., 1910c (iliau, 
sacchari). 
Metarrhizium anisopliae: Fetch, T., 1931.—Speare, A. T., 1912a. 
Phoma pandani'. Verona, O., 1931. 
Phyllosticta hawaiiensis: Caum, E. L., 1919. 
Sclerotia rolfsii Larsen, L. D., 1913a. 
Septoria canavaliae: Lyon, H. L., 1913a. 
Spegazzinia ornata: Lyon, H. L., 1913b. 
Sterigmatocystis ferruginea: Speare, A. T., 1912a. 
Thielaviopsis: Larsen, L, D., 1910a. 
Thyrsidium botryosporium: Keissler, K. von, 1922. 
LICHENS 
GENERAL 
Bibliographies: Cheel, E., 1906.—Krempelhuber, A. von, 1867-72. 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions: 
Balansa, B.: Mueller, J., 1893 (New Caledonia). 
"Bonite" : Montagne, J. F. C, 1846. 
Brunaud, G.: Mueller, J., 1884a, 1884b (Tahiti). 
"Challenger" Expedition : Crombie, J. M., 1877. 
Compton, R, H.: Rendle, A. B.f Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M„ 1921-22 (New 
Caledonia, Isle of Pines). 
"Gazelle" Expedition : Mueller, J., 1883a.—Thumen, F. von, and Mueller, J., 1889 
(Fiji). 
Hillebrand, W.: Mueller, J., 1889 (Hawaii). 
Hochreutiner, B. P. G.: Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1912-43. 
Hooker, W. J.: Taylor, T., 1847. 
Levier : Jatta, A., 1903-05. 
Meyen, F. J. F.: Meyen, J., and Flotow, J., 1843.—Mueller, J., 1883b. 
"Novara" Expedition : Krempelhuber, A. von, 1870, 
Parks, H. E.: Vainio, E, A., 1924 (Tahiti). 
Pionnier : Ilarmand, J., 1911-12 (New Caledonia). 
SAvfes, T.: Mueller, J., 1887a (Noumea, New Caledonia). 
Setchell, W. A.: Vainio, E. A., 1924 (Tahiti). 
U, S. Exploring Expedition (Wilkes Expedition): Tuckerman, E., 1862. 
Wawra, PL: Krempelhuber, A. von, 1877 (Hawaii). 
Index: Hue, A. M., 1899. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Bouly de Lesdain, M., 1909-37.—Gyelnik, 
V., 1935.—Hue, A. M., 1890-92, 1898-1901, 1906-12.—Krempelhuber, A. von, 1873. 
—Mueller, J., 1881-90; 1892-95.—Rechinger, K., 1940.—Zahlbruckner, A., 1903-32. 
REGIONAL 
POLYNESIA 
Cook Islands: Jatta, A., 1903-05 (Levier coll. Rarotonga).—Sbarbaro, C., 1939 
(crit. Tonga, Rarotonga, Tongatabu, Eua). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 357 
Easter Island: Knowlton, F. H., 1888 (n. spp.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1924, 1928 
(crit, list). 
Hawaiian Islands: Keissler, K. von, 1920-27.—Krempelhuber, A, von, 1877 
(Wawra coll.).—MacCaughey, V., 191-7j.—Magnusson, A. H., 1942 (enum. Nihoa, 
Necker Islands).—Magnusson, A. H., and Zahlbruckner, A., 1943-45 (syst.).— 
Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 ("Bonite" exped.).—Mueller, J., 1889 (Hillebrand 
coll.).—Tuckerman, E., 1867 (enum.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1911 (Rechinger 
exped.). 
Juan Fern&ndez: Zahlbruckner, A., 1924,1928 (crit list), 
Kermadec Islands: Oliver, W. R. D., 1911 (list). 
Samoa: Cheel, E., 1912-14 (Stictaceae).—Jatta, A., 1903-05 (Levier's coll.).— 
Zahlbruckner, A., 1907 (Rechinger exped.). 
Society Islands—Tahiti: Mueller, J., 1884a, 1884b (Brunaud coll.).—Vainio, E. A., 
1924 (Setchell and Parks coll.). 
MICRONESIA 
Graff, P. W., 1917 (list, Guam).—Jatta, A., 1903-05 (Levier coll. Ponape).— 
Keissler, K. von, 1920-27 (crit. Marianas Islands).—Vainio, E. A., 1921-23 (crit. 
Marianas). 
MELANESIA 
Fiji Islands: Crombie, J. M., 1871 (enum.). 
Lord Howe Island: Cheel, S., 1912-14 (Stictaceae). 
Loyalty Islands: Harmand, J., 1914 (enum.). 
New Caledonia: Cheel, E., 1912-14 (Stictaceae).—Cotton, A. D., 1920 (crit.).— 
Harmand, J., 1911-12 (Pionnier coll.); 1914 (enum.).—Mueller, J., 1887a (list 
Noumea); 1893 (enum.).—Nylander, W., 1859b, 1861, 1867, 1868 (list, enum. 
synop.),—Smith, A, L., 1922 (crit,).—Vainio, E. A., 1929 (n. spp.). 
New Guinea: Zahlbruckner, A., 1911 (Rechinger exped.). 
SYSTEMATIC 
Acharius, E., 1810 ("Lichenographia universalis"); 1814 ("Synop. method. 
Lichenum").—Lettau, G., 1932 (monogr. various fam.).—Nylander, W., 1857 
(enum. gen. lichens); 1858-63 ("Synop. method. Lichenum") ; 1859a ("Lichenes 
in reg. exot.").—Rasanen, V., 1943 ("Syst. Flechten").—Sambo, M. C., 1941 (key 
fam., gen.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1921-34 ("Cat. lichenum univ "). 
Cladonia (Cladoniaceae) : Magnusson, A. A., 1941 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Mattic, F., 
1940 (synop.).—Sandstede, H., 1938 (monogr.),—Santesson, R., 1942a (C. 
pycnoclada).—Vainio, E. A., 1887-97 (monogr.). 
Cladoniaceae: Sandstede, H., 1938-39 (monogr.). 
Coccocarpia pelliia (Pannariaceak) : Mueller, J., 1896. 
Coenogonium (Coenogoniaceae) : Nylander, W., 1862 (synop.). 
Collema amphiurum ( Collemaceae) : Nylander, W., 1859b. 
Cora nitida (Hymenolichenes) : Mueller, J., 1884a. 
Crocynia (Chrysothrieaceae) ; Hue, A. M., 1924 (monogr.). 
Cyanisticta sandtvicensis (Stictaceae) : Gyelnik, V., 1931b, 
Enterographa (Chiodectonaceae) : Rechinger, K., 1938 (revis.). 
Goniothecium subglobosum: Cooke, M. C., 1889/ 
Lecanora (Lecanokaceae) : Stizenberger, E., 1867 (crit.). 
Lecidea (Lecideaceae) : Stizenberger, E., 1867 (cyrtelloides).—Vainio, E. A., 1929 
(epiochracea). 
* Although stated to be a "fungus," this genus is based on a lichen, according to Nannfcldt. 
358 contributions from the national herbarium 
Leptogium ( Collemaceae) : Nylander, W.f 1858a. 
Lichenoconium (Fam.?) : Keissler, K. von, 1933. 
Menegazzania ( Parmeliaceae) : Santcsson, R.f 1942b (crit.). 
Nephroma (Peltiger aceae) : Gyelnik, V., 1931a (crit.).—Inumaru, S., 1939 
(totnentellus). 
Myxodictyon (Lecanoraceae) : Massalongo, A. B., 1863. 
Parmelia (Parmeliaceae) : Gyelnik, V., 1938 (n. forms).—Hillmann, J., 1939 
(reticulata) ; 1940 (tinctoria, nigrociliata).—Magnusson, A. H., 1941 (n. spp. 
Hawaii).—Montagne, J. F. C.f 1842 (papulosa).—Nylander, W., 1885 (n. spp.).— 
Santesson, R., 1942b (transfers).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1896 (strantijwonitens). 
Pertusaria { Pertusariaceae) : Erichsen, C. F, E,, 1936 (havaiiensis). 
Pilophorus (Cladoniaceae) : Fries, T. M., 1857,1858 (monogr.). 
Pseudocyphellaria (Stictaceae) : Magnusson, A. H., 1940 (crit., n. spp.). 
Pyrenocarpus (Pyrenopsidaceae) : Nylander, W., 1858b (synop.). 
Ramalina (Usneaceae) : Asahina, Y,, 1939 (pacifica),—Nylander, W., 1870 
(monogr.). 
Sclerophyton (Chiodectonaceae) : Rechinger, K., 1938 (revis.). 
Stereocaulon (Cladoniaceae) : Dodge, C. W., 1929 (revis.).—Fries, T. M., 1857, 
1858 (monogr.), 
Sticta (Shctaceae) : Mueller, 1887b (querctzans).—Nylander, W.f 1865, 1868b 
(synop., enum.).—Stizenberger, E., 1895 (crit. geogr.).—Vainio, E, A., 1929 
(ignambensis). 
Stictaceae: Cheel, E , 1912-14 (n. spp ). 
Stromatopogon (Arthoniaceae) : Zahlbruckner, A., 1897. 
Usnea (Usneaceae): Mueller, J., 1883b (barbata).—Vainio, E, A., 1929 (spitto- 
sissima). 
BRYOPHYTA 
GENERAL 
Horikawa, Y., 1934-35, 1936 (enum., e. Asia).—Mueller. K., 1898 (enum. Aus- 
tralia).—Reichardt, H. W., 1870 ("Novara" exped.).—Renault, F., and Cardot, J., 
1905 (descr. by Stephani).—Ren die, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 
1921-22 (Compton's coll. New Caledonia, Isle of Pines).—Salmon, E, S., 1902 
(crit.).—Weber, F., 1915 (prodromus). 
REGIONAL 
Fiji Islands: Mitten, W., 1861-62 (general) ; 1871 (list). 
Hawaiian Islands: Angstrom, J., 1872 (Andersson's coll. voy. "Eugenies").— 
Baldwin, D. D., 1876 (list).—Levier, E., 1904 (Baldwin's coll., etc.).—Mueller, K., 
1896, 1897 (enum., n. spp.).—Stephani, F., and Mueller, K., 1897 (crit.). 
Isle of Pines: Paris, E. G., 1910 (list).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, 
S. le M., 1921-22 (Compton's coll.). 
Marquesas Islands—Nukaiiiva Island: Bescherelle, £., 1895a. 
Micronesia: Sakurai, K., 1943. 
New Caledonia: Bescherelle, 1873 (enum.).—Brotherus, V. F., 1905-10 (enum.). 
—Cardot, J-, 1908 (crit.).—Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 
1921-22 (Compton's coll.). 
Society Islands—Tahiti: Angstrom, J., 1873 (enum, Andersson's coll.).— 
Bescherelle, £., 1895a, 1898a, 1901 (enum ), 
Tuamotu Islands—Mancareva Island: Bescherelle, 6., 1895a. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 
HEPATICAE 
GENERAL 
[Britton, E. G.J, 1907 (Mitten coll.).—Gottsche, K. M.f 1857 (Paris herb.).— 
Horikawa, Y., 1944 (crit.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 ("Bonite" exped.)-— 
Schiffner, V., 1889 ("Gazelle" exped.).—Stephani, F„ 1885-86, 1889, 1893-96. 
—Taylor, T.t 1846. 
REGIONAL 
Easter Island: Herzog, T., 1942 (list, foliose). 
Fiji Islands: Jack, J, B., and Stephani, F., 1894 (enum.).—Schiffner, V., 1889 
(n. spp,). 
Hawaiian Islands: Austin, C. F., 1869 (n. spp.) ; 1874a (Mann and Brigham colt.); 
1874b (Hillebrand coll.); 1876 (n. spp.); 1879 (crit).—Campbell, D. H., 1927 
(collecting).—Cooke, J. C. M., 1907 (taxon. Trigonantheae).—Evans, A. W., 1891 
(enum.); 1899-1900 (taxon. Jubuloideae).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 ("Bonite" 
exped.).—Nicholson, W. E.t 1942 (various coll.).—Reichardt, H. W., 1877 
(Wawra's coll.).—Stephani, F., 1912 (n. spp.). 
Juan Fem&ndez: Evans, A. W., 1930 (list thallosc spp.).—Herzog, T., 1942 (list 
foliose spp.). 
Marquesas Islands: Bescherelle, 6., 1898c (list).—Bescherelle, fi., and Spruce, R, 
1889 (n. spp.). 
New Caledonia: Bescherelle, £., and Spruce, R,, 1889 (n. spp.).—Paris, E. G., 
1906-10, 1909 (list).—Pearson, W. H., 1922 (enum.).—Stephani, F., 1914, 1920 
(n. spp.). 
Samoa: Jack, J. B., and Stephani, F,, 1894 (enum.).—Stephani, F., 1907, 1910, 1911, 
1915 (enum., n. spp.). 
Society Islands: Bescherelle, 1898c (enum.). 
SYSTEMATIC 
Lindenberg, J. B. W., and Gottsche, K. M., 1840-51 ("Species Hepaticarum").— 
Lindenberg, J. B. W., 1844—47 ("Synopsis Hepaticarum").—Stephani, F., 1900-24 
("Species Hepaticarum").—Underwood, L. M., 1893 ("Index Hepaticarum").— 
Verdoorn, F., 1937 (crit. Jubuleae). 
Acolea caledonica (Jungermanniaceae) : Stephani, F., 1914. 
Acromastigum (Jungermanniaceae) : Evans, A. W., 1900 (n. gen.); 1934 
( revis.). 
Aneura vtridissima (Jungermanniaceae) : Stephani, F., 1914. 
Drepanolejeunea (Lejeuneaceae) : Herzog, T., 1939 (crit.). 
Dumortiera (Marchantiaceae) : Evans, A. W,, 1919 (revis.). 
Fimbriaria driwtmondii (Marchantiaceae) : Stephani, F., 1920. 
Frullaniaceae: Verdoorn, F,, 1930a (revis, Indomalayan Islands); 1930b (Oceania 
spp.) ; 1934a (revis. Jubuleae). 
Frullania (Frullaniaceae) ; Bescherelle, £., 1898c (jacquinoti).—Verdoorn, F., 
1928 (revis. subgen Homotropantha). 
Hymenophytum (Jungermanniaceae) : Evans, A. W., 1925 (taxon.). 
Jubuloideae (tribe) (Jungermanniaceae) : Evans, A. W., 1899-1900 (Hawaii).— 
Verdoorn, F., 1934a (Jubuleae) ; 1937 (crit.). 
Jungermannia (Jungermanniaceae) : Austin, C. F,, 1879 (mauii).—Lehmann, 
J. G. C., 1834-39 (n. spp.). 
Lejeuneaceae: Verdoorn, F., 1934b (revis. Holostipae). 
Lejeunea (Lejeuneaceae) : Stephani, F., 1890 (Lindenberg herb.). 
360 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Marchantia (Marchantiaceae) : Hooker, W. J., 1837c (trichocephala).—Stepliani, 
F.f 1920 (pileata). 
Madotheca rockii (Jungermanniaceae) : Keissler, K, von, 1923. 
Megaceros (Anthocerotaceae) : Khanna, L. P., 1944 (crit.). 
Microlejeunea ponapensis (Jungermanniaceae) : Horikawa, Y., 1934-35. 
Physiotium (Jungermanniaceae) : Jack, J. B., 1886 (raonogr.). 
Plagiochila (Jungermanniaceae) : Carl, H., 1931 (monogr.).—Dugas, M., 1929 
(taxon.).—Herzog, T., 1938 (n. spp. Fiji). 
Hadula (Jungermanniaceae) : Castle, H., 1937-39 (revis.).—Stephani, F., 1884 
(taxon.). 
Ricciella linearis (Ricciaceae) : Schiffner, V., 1889. 
Scapania grossidens (Jungermanniaceae) : Mueller, K,, 1901. 
Steetzia baldwmx (Jungermanniaceae) : Austin, C. F., 1879. 
Taxilejeunea (Lejeuneaceae) : Eifrig, H., 1937 (monogr. Indomalayan). 
Trigonantheae (tribe) (Jungermanniaceae) : Cooke, J. C. M., 1907 (Hawaii). 
MUSCI 
GENERAL 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions: 
Andersson, N, J.: Angstrom, J., 1875,1876 (Tahiti, Eimeo). 
Aubert de la Rue, A.: The riot, J., 1938 (New Hebrides). 
Baldwin, D. D.: Brotherus, V. F., 1904 (Hawaii). 
Bishop Museum : Bartram, E, B., 1933b (Polynesia). 
Brigham, W. T.: Sullivant, W. S., 1874 (Hawaii). 
"Bonite" Expedition : Montagne, J, F. C., 1846. 
Combe, Dr. de la: Theriot, J.t 1904 (New Caledonia). 
Daniker, A. U.: Theriot, J., 1904 (New Caledonia). 
"Gazelle" Expedition: Mueller, K., 1889 (Fiji). 
Graeffe, E.: Mueller, K,, 1873 (Fiji, Samoa). 
Hochreutiner, B. P. G.: Cardot, J., 1912 (Hawaii). 
Leiberc, J. B.: Williams, R. S., 1915 (Hawaii, Philippines). 
Looser, G.: Thiriot, J.f 1927 (Juan Fernandez). 
Mann, H.: Sullivant, W. S., 1874 (Hawaii). 
Mitten, W.: [Britton, E. G.J, 1907 (Polynesia). 
Parks, H. E.: Brotherus, V. F., 1924c (Tahiti). 
Powell, T.: Mitten, W., 1868 ( Samoa). 
Rechinger, K.: Brotherus, V. F.t 1908a, 1908b, 1913 (Samoa, Hawaii). 
Schauinsland, H.: Mueller, K., and Brotherus, V, F., 1900. 
Setchell, W. A.: Brotherus, V. F., 1934c (Tahiti). 
U. S. Exploring Expedition (Wilkes Expedition) : Sullivant, W. S., 1859. 
Wawra, H.: Reichardt, H. W., 1877 (Hawaii). 
Geography: Herzog, T., 1926. 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Bartram, E. B., 1945.—Duby, J. E., 1875.— 
Fleischer, M., 1905.—Hooker, W. J., 1818-20.—Mitten, W., 1882.—Mueller, K,, 
1857.—Roth, G., 1913.—Sullivant, W. S., 1857. 
REGIONAL 
POLYNESIA 
Bartram, E. B., 1940 (enum., se. Polynesia). 
Easter Island: Brotherus, V. F., 1924a, 1924b (enum.).—Theriot, J., 1937 (list). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 361 
Hawaiian Islands: Bartram, E. B., 1933a, 1939 (manual); 1942 (enum, bog 
survey).—Brotherus, V. F., 1904 (Baldwin's coll.); 1913 (Rechinger exped.) ; 1927 
(enum.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1846 ("Bonite" exped.).—Neal, M. C., 1939a, 1939e 
(Mauna Kea).—Reichardt, H. W.f 1877 (Wawra's coll.).—Sullivant, W. S., 1874 
(Mann and Brigham's coll.).—Williams, R. S., 1915 (Leiberg's coll.). 
Juan Fernandez: Brotherus, V. F., 1924, 1926b (enum.).—Theriot, J., 1927 
(Looser's coll.). 
Samoa: Brotherus, V. F., 1908a, 1908b (Rechinger's coll.).—Mitten, W,, 1868 
(Powell's coll.).—Mueller, K., 1873 (Graeffe's coll.). 
Society Islands—Raiatea : Bartram, E. B., 1931 (list). 
Tahiti: Angstrom, J., 1875 (Andersson's coll.).—Brotherus, V. F., 1924c (Setchell 
and Park's coll.).—Montagne, J. F. C., 1848 (crit.).—Potier de la Varde, R., 1912 
(list, n. spp.).—Reichardt, H. W., 1868b (n. spp.). 
MICRONESIA 
Brotherus, V. F., 1901 (Caroline Islands).—Dixon, H. N., 1927 (Gilbert Islands) ; 
1943 (records Caroline, Marianas Islands).—Sakurai, K., 1943 (crit.), 
MELANESIA 
Fiji Islands: Bartram, E. B., 1936 (enum.) ; 1944 (additions).—Dixon, H. N., and 
Greenwood, W., 1930 (enum.).—Mueller, K., 1873 (enum. Graeffe's coll.); 1889 
("Gazelle" exped.). 
Isle of Pines: Compton, R. H., 1922. 
Lord Howe Island: Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W., 1915b (enum.).—Hampe, 
E.t 1869-74 (n, spp.).—Whitelegge, T., 1892 (list). 
Loyalty Islands: Theriot, J., 1914. 
New Caledonia: Compton, R. H., 1922 (enum.).—Dixon, H. N., 1929 (crit.).— 
Naveau, R., 1928 (crit.).—Paris, E. G., 1909 (n. spp.).—Theriot, J., 1904 (Combe's 
coll.) ; 1907, 1908-11 (n. spp.) ; 1914, 1922 (enum.) ; 1929 (Daniker's coll.). 
New Hebrides: Brotherus, V. F., and Watts, W. W., 1915a (list).—Theriot, ]., 
1938 (list). 
SYSTEMATIC 
Bartram, E. B., 1933b (enum, coll. in Bishop Mus.).—Bridel, 5. E., 1797-1819 
("Muscologia recentiorum") ; 1826-27 ("Bryologia universa") .—Fleischer, M., 
1914-22 ("revis . . . Mueller's Laubmoos-Gattungen").—Hedwig, J., 1801-42 
("Species muscorum"),—Jaeger, A., and Sauerbeck, F., 1870-80 ("Genera et 
species muscorum").—Mueller, C., 1901 ("Genera muscorum").—Mueller, K., 
1849-51, 1858-62, 1859 ("Synopsis muscorum").—Paris, E. G., 1893-98, 1900,1903- 
06 ("Index bryologicus").—Schwaegrichen, C. F., 1830 ("Species muscorum"). 
Acrocladiopsis (Plagiotheciaceae) : Cardot, J., 1914 (taxon.). 
Bescherellia elegantissima ( Cyrtopodaceae) : Duby, J. E., 1873. 
Bryineae: Kindberg, N. C., 1888-91 (enum.), 
Bryum (Bryaceae) : Brotherus, V. F., 1931 (samoanum),—Potier de la Varde, R., 
1912 (larmifiatt). 
Calomnion (Calomniaceak) : Bescherelle, 6., 1898e (reduction of Nadeattdia), 
Calymperes (Calympekaceae) : Bescherelle, £., 1895b (revis.).—Roth, G., 1911 
(review). 
CampylopUS tubuiosus (Dicranaceae) : Bartram, E. B., 1942, 
Claopodium hawaiense (Thuidiaceae) : Williams, R. S., 1915. 
Cryphaea schlevnitsiana (Cryphaeaceae) : Mueller, K., 1889. 
Tlifrafirila tuhpymnrjlossa (DlCRANACEAE) : Brotherus, V. F., 1931. 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Euptychium ( Pterobryaceae) : Schimper, W. P., 1865. 
Fissidentaceae: Jaeger, A., 1869 (enum.). 
Floribundaria samoatta (Meteoriaceae) : Brotherus, V. F., 1931. 
Funariaceae: Lindberg, S, 0., 1864 (revis,). 
Holomitrium: (Dicranaceae) : Theriot, J., 1911' (vaginatutn et aff.). 
Homalia densa (Neckeraceae) : Boswell, H., 1892, 
Hymenostomum ovale (Pottiaceae) : Williams, R. S., 1915. 
Hylophila beruensis ( Pottiaceae) : Dixon, H. N., 1927. 
Hypoptery giaceae: Kindberg, N. C., 1901 (revis.). 
Isopterygium longipes (Hypnaceae) : Theriot, J., 1936. 
Macromitrium (Orthotrichaceae) : Mueller, K., 1845 (synop.) ; 1864 (owahiense). 
Microdus picquenoti (Dicranaceae) : Theriot, J., Dixon, H. N., and Buch, H., 
1934. 
Nadeaudia (Calomniaceae) : Bescherelle, £., 1898d (schistostegiella) ; 1898e (re- 
duced to Calomnion). 
Orthorrhynchium (Pterobryaceae) : Reichardt, H. W., 1868a. 
Pterobryella ( Pterobryaceae ): Bescherelle, A., 1878a, 1878b (n. spp.).—Potier 
de la Varde, R., 1928 (vagapensis). 
Pterobryopsis nrvilleanum (Pterobryaceae) : Dixon, H. N., 1937, 
Ptychomitrium neocaledonicum (Ptychomitriaceae) : Theriot, J., 1932. 
Raphidostegium tegeticula (Sematophyllaceae) : Boswell, H., 1892. 
Rhacopilum pacificum (Rhacopilaceae) : Bescherelle, 1898b. 
Rigodium looseri (Lembophyllaceae) ; Theriot, J., 1927. 
Sphagnales: Warns tor f, C„ 1911 (monogr.). 
Sphagnum (Sphacnaceae) : Cardot, J., 1897 (catalogue).—Mueller, K., 1887 
(wheeleri).—Warnstorf, C., 1891' (vitjianum) ; 1895 (recurzriforme): 1900 (vul- 
catticum), 
Spiridens (Spiridentaceae) : Dixon, H. N., 1938 (revis.).—Greville, R. K., 1850a 
(balfouruma).—Schimper, W. P., 1865, 1867 (revis.).—Scherrin, W. R., 1938 
revis.). 
SplachRobtyum pacificum (Splachnaceae) : Dixon, H. N., 1928. 
Taxithelium (Hypnaceae) : Renualt, F., and Cardot, J., 1901. 
Thamnium (Neckeraceae) : Kindberg, N. C., 1902. 
Thysanomitrium umbellatwn (Dicranaceae) : Dixon, H. N., 1922. 
Trichostomaceae: Hilpert, F., 1933 (revis.). 
TrichoBtomum aduncum (Trichostomaceae) : Paris, E. G., 1909. 
Weisia clavinerzis (Pottiaceae) : Potier de la Varde, R., 1912. 
Zygodon (Orthotrichaceae) : Malta, N., 1926 (monogr.). 
PTERID 0 PH YT A 
GENERAL 
Anatomy, stem: Posthumus, A., 1924,1936. 
Bibliography: Christensen, C,, 1905-34. 
Coconut trees, ferns on: Wagner, W. H., Jr., 1945. 
Collectors, collections, explorers, and expeditions: 
Berc.eret: Becherer, A., 1937 (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands). 
Cavanilles: Christensen, C., 1937a (revis.). 
"Challenger" Expedition : Baker, J. G., 1876c. 
Ciiamisso, L. C. A. von : Kaulfuss, G. F„ 1824. 
Coburc, S.: Luerssen, C., 1876a, 1876b (Polynesia). 
Compton, R. H.: Rendle, A. B„ Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. le M., 1921-22 (New 
Caledonia, Isle of Pines). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 363 
Cribs, M.: Jeanpert, E., 1912 (New Caledonia). 
Daniker, A. U.: Christensen, C.f 1929a (New Caledonia); 1932 (New Caledonia, 
Loyalty Islands). 
Faurie, U.: Bonaparte, R., 1915a (Hawaii).—Copeland, E. B.f 1914 (Hawaii). 
Franc, I.: Bonaparte, R., 1915c (New Caledonia).—Rosenstock, E, 1910, 1911 
(New Caledonia). 
"Gazelle" Voyace : Kuhn, M., 1889. 
Germain : Christ, H., 1899a (New Caledonia). 
Graeffe, E.: Luerssen, C., 1871 (Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, El lice Islands). 
Henry, C.: Bonaparte, R., 1918b (Marquesas). 
Hochreutiner, B. P. G.: Christ, H., 1912. 
Horne, J.: Baker, J. G., 1879 (Fiji). 
Im Thurn, E.: Wright, Charles Henry, 1930 (Fiji). 
Kajewski, S. F.: Copeland, E. B,, 1931a (Santa Cruz Islands). 
Krusenstern, be: LangsdorfT, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E. L., 1810-18 (illustr.). 
Ledermann, C.: Brause, G., 1920 (Papua). 
Mettenius, G,: Kuhn, M,, 1868-69 ("Reliq. Metten."). 
Meyen, F. J. F.: Goldmann, I., 1843 (Hawaii), 
Nightingale, G. T.: Hooker, W. J., 1835.—Nightingale, G. T., 1835.* 
Parke, Davis & Co. Herbarium : Farwell, O. A. 1931. 
Parks, H. E., and Parks, S. T.: Copeland, E. B., 1931b (Rarotonga).—Maxon, 
W. R., 1924 (Tahiti). 
Rat, Le: Jeanpert, E., 1911 (New Caledonia, New Hebrides),—Rosenstock, E., 
1910 (New Caledonia). 
Rock, J. F.: Copeland, E, B., 1916 (Hawaii). 
Sarasin, F.: Bonaparte, R., 1915d (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands). 
Setchell, W. A.: Maxon, W. R., 1924 (Tahiti). 
Skottsberg, C.: Christensen, C., 1910b (Juan Fernandez). 
Smith, James, Herbarium of: Alston, A. H. G., 1933. 
Swartz, O., Herbarium of: Christensen, C., 1910a. 
Thurston, J. B.: Baker, J. G., 1886m (Fiji). 
U. S. Exploring Expedition (Wilkes Expedition) : Brackenridge, W. D., 
1854-55. 
Vieillard, M.: Bonaparte, R., 1918a (Tahiti).—Mettenius, G., 1861 (New 
Caledonia). 
Wawra, H.: Luerssen, C., 1876a, 1876b (Polynesia). 
Whitmee, S. J.: Baker, J. G., 1876a, 1876b (Samoa). 
Fossil: Ettinghausen, C. von, 1864. 
Illustrations, works consisting mainly of: Hooker, W. J., and Greville, R. K., 
1829-31' ("Icones filicum").—Hooker, W. J., 1844-64 ("Species filicum"); 1854a 
("Century of ferns") ; 1859 ("Filices exotica"); 1860-61 ("Second century"); 
1861-62 ("Gard. ferns").—Kunze, G, 1837 ("Anal, pterid.") ; 1840-51 (colored 
illustr.).—Langsdorff, G. H. von, and Fischer, F. E. L., 1810-18 (Krusenstern 
exped.). 
Indexes and nomenclators: Christensen, C, 1905-34 ("Index filicum").—Moore, 
T., 1857-62 ("Index filicum"). 
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions: Baker, J. G., 1891 (n. spp. since 1874).— 
Bernhardi, J. J., 1801—Bonaparte, R., 1915-21 ( "Ocean ie").—Bryan, E H.t 1933 
(tree ferns).—Christensen, C, 1925b (New Caledonia).—Copeland, E. B,, 1931c 
(n. spp.).—Hieronymus, G., 1918-19 (crit.).—Houlston, J., and Moore, T., 1851 
(cult.).—Kuhn, M., 1869a (crit.).—Lowe, E. J,, 1864-65 ('new and rare").— 
Moore, T., 1881c (new garden spp.).—Presl, K. B„ 1851' ("Epimel. bot.M).— 
364 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Rosen stock, E., 1917 (New Caledonia).—Smith, J., 1857, 1866 (cult, spp-); 1875 
("Hist, filicum")j—Williams, B. S., 1868 (select). 
Phytogeography: Brown, E. D. W., 1932 (Malayan element in s. e. Polynesia),— 
Christ, H.t 1910 ("Geogr. Fame").—Copeland, E, B., 1939b, 1941a (from 
Antarctica). 
REGIONAL 
POLYNESIA 
Southeastern Polynesia: Brown, E. D. W., 1932 (Indo-Malayan element).— 
Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F. B. H., 1931a, 1931b (syst. treat.).—Copeland, 
E, B,, 1938a (enum.). 
Cook or Hervey Islands: Copeland, E. B., 1931b (Parks' coll. Rarotonga).— 
Luerssen, C, 1873b (list). 
Easter Island: Christensen, C, and Skottsberg, G, 1920b (list).—Hicken, G M., 
1913 (crit.). 
Bllice Islands: Luerssen, C., 1871 (enum.). 
Hawaiian Islands: Bailey, E., 1883 (synop.).—Bonaparte, R., 1915a (Faurie's 
coll.).—Bryan, E. H., 1933 (tree).—Chaney, G. L., 1880 (notes).—Christensen, C., 
1925a (list),—Copeland, E. B., 1914 (Faurie's coll.) ; 1916 (Rock's coll.).—Derby, 
C, 1875 (list).—Fosberg, F. R., 1942 (uses).—Fowler, R. L., 1940a, 1940b (key, 
enum., Kilauea—Mauna Loa).—Goldman, L, 1843 (Meyen's coll.).—Heller, A. A., 
1897 (enum.).—Luerssen, C., 1875,1876b (enum.).—Lydgate, J. M., 1873 (synop.). 
—Lyons, A. B., 1890 (key).—MacCaughey, V., 1916a (tree ferns); 1918e (ecoL 
survey); 1918j (Gieichenia).—Nichols, C. F., 1893 (popular).—Robinson, W. J., 
1912-14 (syst. treatment).—Rock, J. F., 1913e (notes).—Skottsberg, C., 1942 (coll. 
on bog survey).-r-Yates, L. G., 1887 (list). 
Juan Fern&ndez: Christensen, C., 1910b (Skottsberg's coll.).—Christensen, C., and 
Skottsberg, C., 1920a (list).—Johow, F. R. A., 1893a (list, crit.). 
Marquesas Islands: Bonaparte, R., 1918b (Henry's coll.).—Brown, E. D. W., 1930 
(note).—Brown, E. D. W., and Brown, F, B, H., 1931a, 1931b (syst.). 
Samoa: Alston, A. H. G., 1943 (revis. Selaginella).—Baker, J. G., 1876a, 1876b 
(Whitmee's coll.).—Brause, G., 1922 (n. spp.).—Christensen, C., 1941, 1943 
(revis).—Luerssen, C., 1871 ("Filices Graeffeanae"); 1874 (enum.).—Powell, T., 
1868b (list).—Vaupel, F., 1908 (general notes). 
Society Islands: Bonaparte, R., 1918a (list, Tahiti).—Copeland, E. B., 1932a 
(enum.).—Maxon, W. R., 1924 (enum. Tahiti coll.). 
Tonga Islands: Luerssen, C., 1871 ("Filices Graeffeanae"). 
MICRONESIA 
I 
Christensen, C.t 1937a (revis. Cavanille's coll., Marianas Islands)Hosokawa, T., 
1935-36 (enum.).—I to, H., 1938 (list, Caroline Islands); 1941 (enum. Humata 
spp ).—Luerssen, C., 1873a (list Palau Island). 
MELANESIA 
Fiji Islands: Baker, J. G., 1879 (J. Home's coll.) ; 1886m (Thurston's coll.).— 
Carruthers, W., 1869 (flora).—Copeland, E. B., 1929a (manual).—Luerssen, C., 
1871 (enum.).—Smith, A. G, 1944 (reminiscences).—Wright, Charles Henry, 
1930 (Im Thurn's coll.). 
Isle of Pines: Compton, R. H., 1922 (enum ). 
Lord Howe Island: Watts, W., 1912,1914 (enum.). 
Loyalty Islands: Becherer, A., 1937 (Bergeret's coll.),—Bonaparte, R., 1914a, 
1915b (enum.).—Christensen, G, 1932 (Daniker, exped.). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL^ BIBLIOGRAPHY 365 
New Caledonia: Becherer, A., 1937 (Bergeret's coll.).—Bonaparte, R., 1914a 
(enum. Filicales) ; 1914b (Lycopodiales) ; 1915b (list) ; 1915c (I. Franc's coll.) ; 
19l5d (Sarasin's coll.).—Bosch, R. B. van den, 1861a (HymenophyUaceae).— 
Christ, H., 1899a (Germain's coll.).—Christenseri, G, 1925b (crit.) ; 1929a, 1932 
Daniker's coll.).—Compton, R. H., 1922 (author's coll.).—Co pel and, E, B., 1929b 
(crit.).—Fournier, E., 1869, 1873a (enum.); 1873b (general) ; 1874 (phytogeogr.). 
—Hieronymus, G., 1914a (Selaginellaceae).—Jeanpert, E., 1911 (le Rat's coll.) ; 
1912 (Crib's coll.).—Mettenius, G., 1861 (Vieillard's coll.).—Rosenstock, E., 1910, 
1911 (Franc's and le Rat's coll.) ; 1917 (n. spp.). 
New Guinea—Papua : Brause, G., 1920 (Ledermann coll.). 
New Hebrides: Copeland, E. B., 1932b (enum.).—Jeanpert, E., 1911 (list.)—Kuhn, 
M.t 1869b (enum.). 
Norfolk Island: Laing, R. M.p 1916. 
Santa Cruz Islands—Vanikoro: Copeland, E. B.t 1931 (Kajewski's coll.). 
SYSTEMATIC 
Christ, H., 1897 ("Farnkrauter der Erde").—Christensen, C., 1905-34 ("Index 
filicum"); 1929b (revis. Cochlidiinae, "Drymoglossinae").—Desvaux, A. N,, 1827 
("Prodr. fougeres").—Ettinghausen, C. von, 1864 (taxon., geol., venation, etc.).— 
Fe6, A. L. A., 1844-66 ("Mem . . . fougeres").—Greville, R. K., and Hooker, 
W. J., 1831-33 ("Enum. filicum").—Hedwig, J., 1799-1803 ("Filicum gen. et 
sp.").—Hooker, W. J., 1838-42 ("Gen. filicum"); 1844-64 ("Sp. fil.").—Hooker, 
W. J., and Baker, J. G.t 1865-74 ("Synop. fil.").—Link, H. F., 1841a (in Berlin 
garden).—Lowe, E. J., 1856-72 ("Ferns: Brit, and exot.").—Moore, T,, 1857-62 
("Index filicum").—Presl, K. B., 1836b, 1845 ("Tent, pterid/').—Swartz, O., 1801- 
05 ("Gen. et sp. filicum") ; 1806 ("Synop. filicum"). 
CERATOPTERIDACEAE 
Ceratopteris: Benedict, R. C., 1909 (revis.). 
CYATHEACEAE 
Bommer, J. E., 1873 (review taxon.).—Delchevalerie, G., 1868 (crit).—Keyserling, 
A., 1873 (in Bunge's herb.).—MacCaughey, V., 1916a (tree ferns, Hawaii).— 
Ogura, Y„ 1930 (tree, ferns, Hawaii). 
Alsopfaila: Anonymous, 1903c (excelsa, lunulaia),—Delchevalerie, G., 1868 
(excelsa). 
Balantium tkyrsopteroidcs: Fournier, E., 1876f. 
Cibotinm: Krajina, V., 1938b (st.-johnii).—Moore, T, 1879f (Hawaii).—Ogura, 
Y., 1930 (hawaiense). 
Cyathea: Anonymous, 1903c (medullaris).—Baker, J. G., 1874 (macarthuri).— 
Copeland, E. B., 1911 (n. spp. Samoa) ; 1939a (n. spp.).—Domin, K., 1930 (list).— 
Fournier, E., 1876d (nigra). 
Dicksonia: Baker, J. G., 1886c (chamissoi).—Looser, G., 1933 (Juan Fernandez). 
Fourniera funebris: Fournier, E., 1876f. 
Hemitelia: Baker, J. G., 1872 (tnoorei).—Holschcr, J., 1898 (samoensis), 
Lophosoria: Looser, G., 1933 (Juan Fernandez). 
Thrysopteris: Boodle, L. A., 1915 (elegans).—Kunze, G., 1834 (elegans).—Looser, 
G., 1933 (Juan Fernandez).—Moore, T., 1856 (elegans). 
EQUISETACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1887a (handbook).—Mettenius, G., 1870 ("Novara" voy.). 
Equisetum: Becherer, A., 1929 (debiU).—Schaffner, J. H, 1931 (ramostssimum, 
debile); 1932 (key).—Schinz, H,, 1914 (ramosissimum). 
700080—47—24 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
GLEICHENIACEAE 
St John, H., 1942b (enum. Pacific). 
Dicranopterii: Ching, R. C., 1940b.—St. John, H., 1945c. 
Gleichenia: Baker, J. G., 1886a (moniliformis); 1886b (ntilttei) Becherer, A., 
1936 (crit.).—Ching, R. C., 1940b (subdivision into genera).—Judd, S. C., 1937 
(linearts).—MacCaughey, V., 1918j (Hawaii).—Salomon, C., 1877a (crit.). 
Stromatopteris: Underwood, L, M., 1907 (key). 
HYMENOPHYLLAGEAE 
Bosch, R. B., van den, 1859 (synop.); 1861a (New Caledonia); 1861b, 1861c 
(crit) ; 1861-63 (n. spp. suppl. synop.).—Copeland, E. B,, 1938c (taxon.).—G., 1904 
(cult.).—Goddijn, W. A., 1913-19 (synop).—Presl, K. B., 1843 (taxon.). 
Gonocormus samoensts: Copeland, £. B., 1940. 
Hemiphlebium: Luerssen, C., 1882 (bimarginatum). 
Hymenophyllum: Baker, J. G., 1886e (baldwittii) .—Copeland, E. B., 1938b (revis.). 
—Eaton, D. C., 1879a (baldwimi).—Lowe, E. J„ 1864-65 (n, spp.).—Rosenstock, 
E., 1912a (subdimidiatum). 
Trichomanes: Baker, J. G.( 1867 (n. spp.) ; 1886f (powellii) —Copeland, E. B,, 1933 
(monogr.),—Hooker, W. J., 1845b (polyanthos).—Lowe, E. J., 1864-65 (n. spp.),— 
Luerssen, C., 1882 (bimarginoium). 
LYCOPODIACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1887a (handbook).—Bonaparte, R., 1914b (New Caledonia, Loyalty 
Islands).—Greville, R. K., and Hooker, W. J., 1832 (enum.).—Herter, W,, 1912 
(list).—Kuhn, M., 1889 ("Gazelle" voy.).—Nessel, H,, 1939 (monogr.).—Spring, 
A, F.f 1842-50 (monogr.).—Williams, B. 5., 1868 (misc.). 
Lycopodium (inch Urostachys) : Brown, N. E., 1881 (squarrosum).—Herter, W., 
1908 (haeckelii); 1909 (revis. Urostachys).—Krasser, F., 1898 (cernuum, capil- 
laceuttt).—Nessel, H., 1934, 1935, 1940 (n. spp.).—Pampanini, R., 1908a, 1908b 
(Pseudosquarrosum, sqttarrosum).—Schinz, H., 1920 (pklegmaria).—Spring, A. F., 
1838 (capillaceum); 1846 (Gaudichaud voy.).—Warburg, O., 1899-1900 (list).— 
Wocfee, E. von, 1897 (squarrosum). 
HABATTIACEAE 
Vriese, W, H. de, and Harting, P., 1853 (monogr.). 
Angiopteru: Becherer, E., 1936 (crit).—Hieronymus, G., 1919b (crit.).—Hoffman, 
G, F, 1796 ( evecta ). 
Marattia: Fournier, E., 1876g (attenuata).—MacCaughey, V., 1919b (douglasii). 
MARSILEACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1886n (synop. Rhizocarpeae) ; 1887a (handbook Rhizocarpeae). 
Marsflea villosa: Forbes, C. N., 1920. 
OFHIOGLOSSACEAE 
Clausen, R. T,, 1938a (monogr.).—Mettemus, G., 1870 ("Novara" voy.).—Prantl, 
K., 1883,1884 (taxon.).—St. John, H., 1940b. 
Botrycbinm daucifolium: Hooker, W. J., 1862b.—Underwood, L. M., 1898. 
Ophiogloaamn: Clausen, R. T., 1938b (petiolatum).—St. John, H., 1940b (fai- 
catum) ; 1943a (distrib.), 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 367 
OSMUNDACEAE 
Leptopteris: Milde, J., 1870b (crit.). 
Todea: Andr6, E., 1875d (wilkesiana).—Anonymous, 1894a (tnoorei).—Baker, 
J. G., 1873a (n. sp.) ; 1887c (moorei).—Gower, W. H., 1887b (wilkesiana).— 
Milde, J., 1870b (crit.).—Moore, T., 1870a, 1870c (wilkesiana). 
POLYPODIACEAE 
Benedict, R. C., 1911 (genera of Vittarieae).—Bernhardi, J. J., 1802 (crit. gen. 
aff. Asplenium).—Ching, R. C., 1940a (classification).—Copeland, E. B., 1929c 
(oriental genera); 1941b (classification).—Keyserling, A., 1873 (in Bunge's herb.), 
—Kuhn, N., 1882b (revis. Chaetopterides).—Perez Arbetaez, E., 1928 (crit. 
"Davalliaceae").—Posthumus, O., 1936 (stem anatomy). 
Acrostichum: Baker, J. G., 1887b (thomsoni).—Yamamoto, Y., 1940 (aureum). 
Adlantnm: Anonymous, l$82d, 1895 (aneitense).—Baker, J. G., 1886h (mono- 
sorum).—Christensen, C., 1937b (palaoense).—Keyserling, A., 1875 (monogr.).— 
Kuhn, M.f 1882a (revis.).—Moore, T., 1883c (novae-caledoniae) ; 1887 (n. spp.).— 
Smith, J., 1846 (setulosum). 
Alcicornium: Underwood, L. M., 1905 (revis.). 
Antrophyum: Greville, R. IC, 1850b (grevillii).—Hieronymus, G., 1916a (novae- 
caledonxae). 
Aspidium: Andre, E., 1880b (obliquum).—Eaton, D. C-, 1879b (boydiae).— 
Holscher, J., 1898 (leuzeanum).—Kohler, E., (moorei).—Mettenius, G., 1856-59 
(revis.). 
Aspleniopsis decipiens: Kuhn, M., 1882b. 
Asplenium: Anonymous, 1881a (baptisti).—Baker, J. G., 1873a (n. sp.); 1886J 
(pteridoides).—Bernhardi, J, J., 1802 (crit.).—Brown, N. E., 1887 (falcaiunt).— 
Hieronymus, G., 1919a (crit., n. spp.).—Hooker, W. J., 1831 (nidus) ; 1854b 
(novae-caledoniae) ; 1854f (obtusilobutn).—Koch, K., 1870 (fernandesianum).— 
Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.).—Milde, J., 1870a (crit.).—Moore, T,, 1861 
(obiusilobum); 187Id (schizodon).—Mueller, F. von, 1884 (robinsonii).—Pynaert, 
E., 1886a (horridum).—Rafarin, 1875 (schi&odon).—Rosenstock, E., 1909 (tenui- 
culum).—Watts, W. W., 1912 (bulbiferum). 
Afhyiium: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.).—Hemsley, W. B., 1879b (scondici- 
»««).—Milde, J-, 1866,1870a (crit.), 
Blechnum: Christensen, C., 1939 (phanerophlebium).—Hooker, W. J.( 1837g 
(pubescetis).—Rosenstock, E., 1912b (francii). 
Campium: Copeland, E. B., 1928 (crit). 
Cheilanthes lidgatii: Baker, J. G., 18861. 
Cionidium moorii: Moore, T., 1853. 
Coniogramme pilosa: Hieronymus, G., 1916b. 
Cyclophorus: Wagner, W. H,, 1945 (adnascens = lanceolatus). 
Cyrtomium: Christensen, C.t 1930 (revis.). 
Cystopteris douglasii: Hooker, W, J., 1854b. 
Davallia: Anonymous, 1878a (fijiensts).—Baker, J. G., 1886g (botrychioides) ; 
1886o (hytnenophylloides); 1886p (pallida).—Gower, W. H., 1887a (foeniculacea). 
Lydgate, J. M., 1873 (alexandri),—Masters, M. T., 1869, 1872a (tnooreana).— 
Stappaert, de, 1883 (fijiensis).—Zahn, E. von, 1909 (fijiensts). 
Deparia; Anonymous, 1852 (moorii).—Baker, J. G., 1872, 1886d (nephrodioides).— 
Hooker, W. J., 1852b, 1852d (moorii),—Moore, T., 1853 (moorii). 
Dicksonia berteroana: Moore, T., 1880b. 
Diellia: Smith, F. G., 1934 (crit.). 
Doodia: Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C., 1920b (paschalis).—Moore, T., 1868 
( duriuscula). 
368 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Doryopteris: Tryon, R. M., Jr., 1942 (revis.). 
Dryopteris: Ballard, F., 1937 (parksii, microsora).—Ching, R. C., 1936-38 (crit.).— 
Hicken, C. M., 1913 (espinosai).—St. John, H.t 1945a (crit). 
Elaphoglos&um: Christ, H., 1899b (monogr.)Krajina, V., 1938a (n. spp.).— 
Skottsberg, C., 1942 (parvtsqmmeum). 
Goniophlebium: Copeland, E. B,, 1939a (n. spp.). 
Grammitis (Selliguea) caudiformis: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.); 1940 (feei). 
—Hooker, W. J., 1862a. 
Histiopteris: Looser, G., 1936 (Juan Fernandez). 
Humata: Alston, A. H. G., 1933 (banksii).—I to, H., 1941 (trukensis). 
Hymenolepis: Becherer, A., 1936 (crit.). 
Lastrea: Guilmot, C., 1880 (richardsii).—Moore, T., 1881b (richardsii) ; 1882b 
(hopeana). 
Lepisorus elongaius: Ching, R. C., 1933. 
Leptograxnma africana: Ching, R. C., 1936. 
Lomagramma: Holttum, R. £., 1937b (monogr.). 
Lomaria: Christensen, C., 1939 (phanaerophlebium).—Fournier, E., 1876b (giyan- 
tea) ; 1876f (spp. from New Caledonia) ; 1876# (neo-caledonica) 187Cj (ciliata).— 
Moore, T., 1866,1869b (ciliata). 
Lomariopsis: Holttum, R. E.t 1932 (n. spp.); 1937a (brackcnridgei). 
Lygodictyon forsteri: Anonymous, 1882. 
Microlepia hirta: Bruckner, V., 1880.—Moore, T., 1878c, 1878f, 1879d. 
Nephrodium: Baker, J. G., 1886k (prenficei) ; 18861 (tripartitum).—Gower, W. H.t 
1888 (rodigasianum, cyatheoides).—Moore, T.t 1882a, 1883a (rodigasianum). 
Nephrolepis rufescens: Pynaert, C., 1889.—Regel, E. von, 1888. 
Niphobolus: Giesenhagen, K., 1901 (monogr.). 
Nothochlaena: Gower, W. H., 1887c (distans); 1893 (enum.).—Hooker, W. J., 
1854c (distans). 
Oleandra: Alderwerelt van Rosenburgh, C. R. W. K. van, 1922 (whitmeei).— 
Greville, R. K., 1848 (sibbaldii).—Kunze, G., 1851- ($if>&a/dtt), 
Panicularia berieri: Moore, T., 1856. 
Phegopteris: Mettenius, G.f 1856-59 (revis.). 
Piagiogyria: Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.). 
Pleocnemia lettseana: Moore, T., 1874f. 
Pleopeltis elongata: Ching, R. C., 1933. 
Polybotrya: Holttum, R. E., 1938 (crit.). 
Polypodium: Copeland, E. B.t 1940 (lepidum).—Hicken, C. M., 1913 (fuentesi).— 
Hieronymus, G., 1905 (crit. n. spp.).— Hooker, W. J., 1854c (pelluctdum) ; 1837b 
(myriocarpum).—Maxon, W. R.f 1912 (saffordti, minimum).—Mettenius, G., 1856- 
59 (revis.).—Takeda, H., 1915 (linear?).—Watts, W. W., 1915 (pulchellum, 
howeanum). 
Polystichum: Ching, R. C., 1934 (revis.).—Christ, H., 1893 (aculeatum).— 
Espinosa, M. R„ 1934 (fuentesii)Watts, W. W„ 1912 (kingii); 1914 (white- 
leggei). 
Pteridium: Tryon, R. M., Jr., 1941 (revis.). 
Pteris: Agardh, J. G., 1839 (revis.).—Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n. spp.).—Hierony- 
mus, G., 1914c, 1914d (crit.).—Hooker, W. J., 1854g (endlichertatta) ; 1860a 
(quadriaurita) ; 1860b (cretica),—Laing, R. M., 1916 (Norfolk Island).—Looser, 
G., 1936 (Juan Fernandez).—Mettenius, G., 1856-59 (revis.). 
Sadleria cyatheoides: Geert, A. van, 1879.—Moore, T., 1877c, 1878a. 
Selliguea: See Grammitis, 
Sphenomeris: Maxon, W. R., 1913 (n. gen.). 
Stenochlaena: Underwood, L. M.t 1906 (revis.). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 369 
Tapeinidium: Copeland, E. B., 1939a (n, spp.). 
Tectaria: Maxon, W. R., 1923 (crit., n. spp.). 
TeratophyDum: Holttum, R. E., 1938 (crit.). 
Trichogramme: Kuhn, M.? 1882b (n. spp.). 
PSILOTACEAE 
Pgilotum: Mueller, K., 1856 (monogr.). 
SALVINIACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1886n, 1687a (synop,, handbook Rhizocarpeac). 
Azolla carolintana: Svenson, H. K., 1944 (Hawaii). 
SCHIZAEACEAE 
Ligodictyon forsteri: Anonymous, 1882e. 
Lygodium: Anonymous, 1905 (cult.).—Diels, L., 1905 (hians). 
Schizaea melanesica: Selling, O. H., 1944. 
Ugena: Catiavilles, A. J., 1801 (crit). 
SELAGINELLACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1887a (handbook).—Hieronymus, G., 1913 (Samoa) ; 1914a (New 
Caledonia).—Kuhn, M., 1889 ("Gazelle" voy.).—Spring, A. F., 1846 (Gaudtchaud 
voy.). 
Selaginella: Alston, A. H. G., 1934 (kanehirae); 1943 (Samoa).—Baker, J. G., 
1868 (wallichu) ; 1883-85 (synop.).—Hieronymus, G,, 1902,1912, 1914b (n, spp.).— 
Moore, T., 1878e, 1879e (vicioriae); 1884b (viridangula); 1886 (gracilis).— 
Schmidt, O. C., 1924, 1930 (n. spp.).—Spring, A. F., 1841-43 (laxa); 1870 
(viridattgula). 
GYMNOSPERMAE 
Compton, R. H.t 1922 (New Caledonia, Isle of Pines).—Merrill, E. D., 1934a 
(phytogeogr.). 
CYCADALES 
Candolle, A. de, 1868a (monogr.).—Miquel, F. A. W., 1843a (living spp.); 1861 
(monogr.).—Schuster, J., 1932 (monogr.). 
Cycas: B., Z., 1881 (undulata).—Braun, A., 1876 {seemannii).—Kanehira, R,, 1938b 
(Micronesia).—Lemaire, C., 1864 (circinalis).—Watson, W., 1891b (undulata'). 
CONI FERAE 
Brongniart, A., & Gris, A., 1866a, 1869, 1871a (New Caledonia).—Brown, R. 1869; 
1872, 1875 (distrib.),—Endlicher, S. L., 1847 (synop.).—Gordon, G., 1858 
(monogr.).—Masters, M. T., 1892.—Lemaire, C., 1852a (list cult. spp.).—Parde, 
L., 1937 (monogr.).—Parlatore, F., 1868 (monogr.).—Studt, W., 1926 (distr.). 
ARAUCARIACEAE 
Araucaria: Andre, E., 1875a (balansae) ; 1875b (rulei).—Anonymous, 1861 (rulei); 
1884 (•miilleri) ; 1888 (excelsa, cookt).—Barsali, E., 1909 (New Caledonia).—Ben- 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
net, H., 1888 (excelsa) .—Don, D.f 1841- (crit.) — Heckel, E., 1901.—Hooker, W. J., 
1852a.—Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de, 1877 (New Caledonia).—Lambert, A. B., 
1803-24 (excelsa).—Lemaire, C., 1852b (cookU); 1853 (cotumnaris).—Moore, T., 
1877a (goldieano).—Naudin, C., 1852 (columnaris).—Nicholson, G., 1885 (cooki). 
—Parde, L., 1937 (excelsa, cooki).—Planchon, J. E., 1852 (columnaris); 1877b 
(excelsa).—Pynaert, C., 1905a (New Caledonia) ; 1905b (niepraschki, rulei); 
1906 (cookt, columnaris).—Pynaert, E,, 1878 (excelsa).—Raffill, C-, 1906 (notes).— 
Rodigas, E., 1882 (tnulleri).—Sprenger, C., 1898 (cooki).—Verlot, B., 1855 (ex- 
celsa) . 
Eutacta [=Araucaria]: Carriire, E. A., 1866a, 1866b.—Link, H. F., 1841b (New 
Caledonia). 
UUPRESSACEAE 
Callitris: Diimmer, R. A., 1914. 
Callitropris araucarioid.es: Schmid, W., 1937. 
Agathis (Danunara): 
lanceolata: Anonymous, 1891b. 
macrophylUt: Hooker, W. J., 1852c.—Lemaire, C., 1852c. 
obtusa: Lindley, J., 1852—Morrison, A., 1897.—Naudin, E., 1852. 
vitiensis: Anonymous, 1914—Clark, J. J., 1913.—Goodser, W. E., 1937.—Osborn, 
A., 1831.—Smith, J. S., 1940. 
Danunara. See Agathis. 
PODOCARPACEAE 
Masters, M. T., 1892 (list cult. spp,).—Pilger, R., 1903 (monogr.). 
Actnopyle: Florin, R., 1940— Kubart, B., 1922. 
Podocarpus: Anonymous, 1886a (vitiensis).—Goeze, E., 1886 (wfffi&rw).—Hooker, 
J. D., 1902 (pectinata)Orr, M. Y., 1944 (leaf anatomy).—Seemann, B., 1862m 
(dulcamara); 1863a (wtftVum),—Wasscher, J., 1941 (wfiwwtr), 
TAXACEAS 
Masters, M. T., 1892 (list cult. spp.).—Pilger, R., 1903 (monogr.). 
GNETALES 
Brown, R., 1869, 1872,1875 (distrib.). 
ANGIOSPERMAE 
Brown, F. B, H., 1930b (Marquesas, raonocots).—Fosberg, F. R., 1934 (Hawaii 
monocots fam. key).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (New Caledonia Flu vi ales—pt. 
XLVI, monocots—pt. LXXVII), 
ACANTHACEAE 
Nees von Esenbeck, C. G., 1847 (monogr.). 
Dianthera: Baillon, H., 1890 (crit.). 
Diforatera: Baillon, H., 1890 (crit.). 
Dicliptera: Britten, J., 1907 (frondosa).—Moore, S. le M., 1927 (whitmeei). 
Eranthemum: Andre, E., I879e (schomburgkii).—Brown, N. E., 1890.—Dombrain, 
H. H. 1864 (tuberculatum).—Hooker, J. D., 1896a (reticulaturn ).—Hooker, W. J., 
1863 (tuberculatum) ; 1864b (cooperi).—Oliver, D., 1877 (laxifiorum).—Planchon, 
J. E., 1883 (cooperi). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 371 
Graptophyllum picturatum: Pucci, A., 1896.—Webb, 0., 1896. 
Pseuderantheraura: Bailey, L. H.f 1940b (atropurpweum).—Lindau, G., 1915 
(jaluitense). 
AIZOACEAE 
Fenzl, E., 1836, 1839 (monogr. "Molluglneen"). 
Tetragonia expansa: Anderson, J., 1822.—Anonymous, J., 1906b.—Meunier, E., 
1917.—Sims, J., 1823b. 
ALANGIACEAE 
Bloembergen, S., 1939 (revis. Alangtum).—Wanger in, W., 1910 (monogr.). 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Fosberg, F. R.f 1941 (crit. Amarantkus tricolor).—Moquin-Tandon, A., 1849b 
(monogr.).—Suessenguth, K., 1936 (sw. Polynesia) ; 1938 (Charpentiera obovata). 
AMARYLLIDACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1878 (synop. Hypoxidaceae); 1888 (handb.).—Herbert, W., 1837 
(monogr.) 
Campynemanthe: Baillon, H., 1893. 
Crinum: Ancona, C. d', 1886 (pcdunculatum).—Baker, J. G., 1881 (synop.).— 
Tuyama, T.t 1939a (octobris).—Uphof, J. C. T., 1942 (taxon.) 
Tecophilaea cyanocrocus: Anonymous, 1882a.—Poisson, J., 1883.—Regcl, E, von, 
1872. 
ANACARDIACEAE 
Andrews, H. C., 1810a (Schittus dentata).—Barkley, F. A,, 1942 (lay to genera) ; 
1944 (monogr. Schtnus).—Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (Mangtfera, Hawaii).—Candolle, 
A. P. de, 182Sd (monogr. Terebinthaceae).—Engler, A., 1881 (morphol., distrib. 
Rhus, etc.) ; 1883a (monogr.).—Field, B. L., 1938 (Attacardium occidental).— 
Judd, C. S.f 1918 (Rhus setnialata).—Lauterbach, K., 1921 d (Micronesia).— 
Lindley, J., 1824 (Spondtas cytkerea).—MacCaughey, V.( 1918k (Rhus semiahta). 
—Marchand, V., 1869 (revis.).—Sonnerat, P., 1782 (Spondias cythered). 
ANNONACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1867-68 (Oxymitra obtusata).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1824c (monogr.). 
—Gray, A., 1852b (Richella).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pts. XXXI, LVI) (New 
Caledonia).—MacCaughey, V., 1917n (Anona, Hawaii). 
APOCYNACEAE 
Candolle, A. de, 1844d (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pts. LIX, LXXXIII) 
(revis. New Caledonia).—Heurck, H. van, and Mueller, J., 1871 (n. spp.).— 
Markgraf, E., 1930 (Micronesia); 1936 (revis. Tabernaemontanoideae).—Tsiang, 
Y., 1934 (revis. Apocynales). 
Alstonia: Bennett, G., 1867 (edutis).—Brown, R., 1811-47 (costata).—Mueller, 
J., 1870 (New Caledonia).—Record, S. J., 1932 (spathulata).—Schlechter, R., 1903 
(diirckh eim iana ), 
Alyxia: Cunningham, A., 1834 (daphnoides) ; 1835 (synop.), 
Bleekeria (=Ochrosia): Koidzumi, G., 1923. 
Gynopogon: Baillon, H., 1889a (New Caledonia). 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Huerckia: Mueller, J., 1870 (n. gen.). 
Kentrochrosia: Merrill, E D., and Perry, L. M., 1941 (summary). 
Kopsia carolincnsis: Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1941. 
Melodinus: Bail Ion, H., 1889b (New Caledonia).—Rolfe, R, A., 1883 (vitiensis). 
Parsonsia: Merrill, E. D., 1933,1934b (crit). 
Podochrosia balansae: Baillon, H., 1888b. 
Lepinia: Decaisne, J., 1849, 1852b (taitensis).—Hosokawa, T., 1943a (conspectus). 
Pteralyxia: Caum, E. L.f 1933a (n. spp, Hawaii). 
Thenardia: Baillon, H., 1888c (crit.). 
AQUIFOLIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1875 (Sphenostemon); 1891a (Oncothccc?); 1891b (PhelUne),—Guil- 
laumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LI) (revis. Ilicaceae, New Caledonia).—Loesener, T., 
1901-08 (monogr.); 1921 (Micronesia). 
ARACEAE 
Engler, A., 1879 (monogr.); 1905, 1908, 1911, 1912-13, 1920 (monogr.).—Guil- 
laumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLV) (New Caledonia).—Hatusima, S., 1939 (n. spp. 
Micronesia).—Schott, H. W., 1856, 1860 (syst.); 1861-62 (n. spp. Fiji). 
Anthurium araiifolium; Regel, E. von, 1870.—Regel, E. von, and others, 1870. 
Colocasia: Coster, S. E. H., 1938 (Fiji).—Harwood, L. W., 1938 (Fiji).—Hill, 
A. F., 1939b (nomenclature).—Hooker, J. D., 1894d (antiqttorum).—Kikuta, K., 
Whitney, L. D., and Parris, G. K., 1938 (seeds, seedlings).—MacCaughey, V., and 
Emerson, J. S., 1913-14 (cult. Hawaii).—Miller, C. D., 1927, 1929 (food value).— 
Parham, B. E. V., 1941 (varieties, Rotuma Island, Fiji names).—Parris, G. K,, 
1941 (diseases of taro).—Stancliff, J. O., 1924 (taro, Tahiti, Marquesas).— 
Whitney, L. D., Bowers, F. A, I., and Takahashi, H., 1939 (Hawaii).—Whitney, 
L. D„ 1937d (Hawaii). 
Cyrtosperma merkusii: Nadeaud, J., 1897b. 
Epipremnum tnirabile: Anonymous, 1882c.—Brown, N. E.( 1882a, 1882b, 1882c.— 
J Jackson], J. R., 1882.—Meehan, T., 1884.—Rodigas, E, 1882c, 
Rhaphidophora; Anonymous, 1882b (vitiensis).—Engler, A., and Krause, K., 1921 
(palmtensis), 
Spathiphyllum funereum: Tuyama, T., 1940d (reduced, micronesicum). 
ARALIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1878a (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1830b (monogr.). 
—Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E., 1854 (crit.),—Fedde, F., 1908c (crit).—Gray, 
A., 1855a (n. genera),—Guillaumin, A., 1912 (New Caledonia).—Harms, H., 1913a 
(Samoa); 1920-21 (Papua).—Seemann, B., 1864-68, 1868a (revis. Hederaceae). 
—Viguier, R., 1905a (new entities); 1906 (anatomy); 1909 (crit.); 1925 (New 
Caledonia).—Viguier, R.t and Guillaumin, A., 1912 (crit. New Caledonia). 
Aralia:6 Andre, E., 1875c (veitchii) ; 1877a (eleganttssima, graciliima); 1879a 
(reginae); 1898 (half our iana).—B.r 1865 (guiifoylei).—Carriere, E. A., 1874a 
(veitchii).—Duren, E. de, 1876 (elegantissima).—Fournicr, E., 1876a (elegantis 
sima) ; 1876c (filicifolia) ; 1876U (veitchii).—Grilli, M., 1886 (reginae).—Linden, 
J., 1883 (gemma).—Meehan, T., 1881 (elegantissima).—Muore, T,, 1874a 
(eiegantissima); 1877b (filicifolia); 1883b (chabrieri).—Pancher, I., 1873 (tenui- 
0
 The exact position of Oncvtheca is uncertain. See discussion in Loesener, T,, 1901-0S, p. 517. 
* None of these actually represent Aralia; most of tlic species belong in Nothopanax*—E. D. 
MERRILL. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 373 
folia).—Rodigas, E., 1884 (monstrosa).—Truffaut, G., 1891 (notes 15 spp.).— 
Veitch, J, H., 1875 (elegantissinia), 
Botryodendron: Seemann, B., 1862k (=Mertya). 
Cheirodendron: Krajina, V., 1931 (Hawaii). 
Delarbrea ( ?) spectabilts: Andre, E., 1878t>. 
Dizygotheca; Oliver, D., 1894b (nilssoni).—Viguier, R., 1905b (pierandroides). 
Meryta:* Andre, E., 1879c (sonchifolia)Borzi, A., 1906 (denhami).—Harms, H., 
1936 (crit.).—Hemsley, W. B., 1903b (denhami).—Hooker, J. D., 1871 (latifolia). 
—Riccobono, V., 1915 (denhami).—Seemann, B., 1862 (—Botryodendron). 
Panax: Brown, N. E., 1883 (fruticosum).—Carriere, E. A., 1874b (sessiliftorum) 
Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J, E., 1854 (forsteri).—Hooker, J. D., 1885 (murrayi). 
Moore, T., 1880a (plumatum). 
Polyscias pinnaia: Decaisne, J., and Planchon, J. E., 1854. 
Schefflera kraemeri: Harms, H., 1908. 
ARISTOLO CHI A CE A E 
Duchartre, P., 1864 (monogr.). 
ARTOCARPACEAE 
See Moraceae 
ASCLEPIADACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1889c (Stepkanotis, New Caledonia).—Britten, J., 1898 (crit., Hoy a). 
—Decaisne, J., 1844 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXIV) (New 
Caledonia).—Schlechter, R., 1908 (crit.) ; 1921c (Micronesia).—Tsiang, Y., 1934 
(revis. Apocynales). 
AVICENNIACEAE 
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C., 1921 (revis.).—Moldenke, H. N., 1942a (list); 
1942b (collections); 1942c, 1945 (distrib.). 
BALANOPHORACEAE 
Eichler, A. W., 1873 (monogr.)-—Fedde, F., 1909b (n. spp. New Caledonia).— 
Hosokawa T., 1934d (Micronesia).—Richard, L. C.t 1822 (taxon.).—Tiegliem, 
P. van, 1907 (crit.). 
Acroblastum: Fawcett, W., 1886 (pollens)Setchell, W. A., 1935b (crit.). 
Balanophora: Fawcett, W., 1886 (hillebrandtii).—Hooker, J. D,, 1856 (crit.).— 
Hosokawa, T., 1934d (mariannae).—Setchell, W. A., 1935b (crit.). 
Hachettea: Baillon, H,, 1880a (n. gen.). 
Polyplethia: Setchell, W. A., 1935b (crit.). 
BALANOPSIDACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1871c (n. spp., Balanops, New Caledonia). 
BALSAMINACEAE 8 
Impatiens hawkeri: Anonymous, 1886b.—B., T., 1887.—Carriere, E. A., 1887.— 
H., E., 1886.—Pucci, A., 1887,—Pynaert, 1886b. 
* These mostly belong in Nothopanax*~E. D. Merrill. 
8
 This family is represented in the area covered by this bibliography only by the introduced 
and cultivated Impatiens bolsamina Linn, In horticultural literature - /» hatvkeri fa credited to 
the "Sotith Sea Islands," It came from New Guinea, or neighboring islands, and does not 
occur in Micronesia or in Polynesia.—E. D. Merkill, 
374 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
BARRINGTONIACEAE 
Guillaumin, A,, 1914-45 (pt. LIV) (New Caledonia).—Knuth, R., 1939 (monogr. 
Barringtoniaceae only).—Lauterbach, K., 1921 f (Micronesia).—Miers, J., 1875 
(monogr. Barringtoniaceae). 
Barringtonia: Blume, C. L., 1851 (speciosa, racemosa).—Heckel, E., 1885 (inter- 
media).—Hooker, J. D., 1894a (samoensis).—Lemaire, C., 1848 (speciosa).— 
Paxton, J., 1843 (speciosa).—Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, F. N., 
1940 (asiatica). 
BEGONIACEAE 
Anonymous, 1908a.—Hooker, J. D., 1887b.—MacCaughey, V., I918h (Ilillebrandia 
sandivicensis).—Oliver, D., 1866 (Hillebrandia). 
BIGNONIACEAE 
Andrews, H. C., 1800a (Bignonia pandorcma).—Anonymous, 1878b (Campsidium 
filicifolium).—Bureau, E.f 1862 (New Caledonia); 1864 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, 
A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXVIII) (New Caledonia).—Moore, T., 1874e (Campsidium 
filicifoUum).—Neal, M. C.t 1939b (Tecoma pentaphylla).—Seemann, B., 1870b 
(Pandorea austro-caledonica).—Sprague, T. A., 1919 (Dolichandrone, Mark- 
hamia).—Stennis, C. G. A. J. van, 1927 (revis., Malaya).—Vieillard, E., 1862b 
(Deplanchea). 
BIXACEAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. VI) (New Caledonia).—Parham, W. L, 1938b 
(Bixa orellana). 
BOERLAGELLACEAE 
Lam, H. JM 1925 (revis., Dutch E. Indies). 
BOMBACACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1871b (Maxwellid).—Lyon, H. L., 1920a (silk cotton tree). 
BORAGINACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1845-46 (monogr.).—Cummins, G. B., 1937-43 (rusts on 
Toumefortia).—Jacques, C, 1940b (Tournefortta argentea).—Johnston, I. M., 
1935 (Messerschmidia argentea) ; 1937 (Heliotropium anomalmn). 
BROMELIACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1889 (monogr.). 
Ananas: Collins, T. L., 1937 (wild spp. Hawaii). See also in Index I Hosts and 
their diseases—Pineapple. 
BURMANNIACEAE 
Jonker, F. P., 1938 (monogr.).—Tuyama, T., 1940b (Gymnosiphon okamotoi). 
BURSERACEAE 
Blackie, W. J., 1932b (Canarium vitiense).—Engler, A., 1883b (monogr.).— 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLIX) (New Caledonia).—Lam, H. J., 1932a 
morphol.) ; 1932b (Malaya).—Lauterbach, K., 1921c (Micronesia). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 375 
CACTACEAE 
Britton, N. L., 1919-23 (monogr.). 
CALYCERACEAE 
Walpers, W. G., 1843a (n. spp. Hawaii). 
CAMPANULACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1830 (motiogr. Campanulaceae) ; 1839a (monogr. Lobeliaceae). 
—Gray, A., 1861b (U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Nuttall, T., 1843 (n. spp. Hawaii). 
Presl, K. B., 1836a (monogr, Lobeliaceae).—Rock, J. F., 1913c (n. spp. .Cam- 
panulaceae) ; 1917d, 1919e (crit. monogr. Hawaii Lobeliaceae).—St. John, H., 
1939a* 1939b (n. spp, Hawaii).—Vatke, W., 1874 (crit. Hawaii Campanulaceae). 
—Wimmer, E., 1943 (monogr. Lobeliaceae). 
Apetahia raiateensis: Baillon, H., 1882. 
Brighamia: Mann, H., 1869b (n. gen.). 
Clermontia rockiana: Wimmer, E., 1929, 
Cyanea: Forbes, C. N.( and Munro, G. C.( 1920 (baldwinii).—Rock, J, F., 1915b, 
1918c (n. spp.).—Skottsberg, C., 1927a (hortella). 
Lobelia: Croizat, L., 1941a (gaudichaudii).—Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y., 
1938 (gaudichaudii).—Rock, J. F., 1918c (oahuensis).—St. John, H., and Hosaka, 
E. Y., 1935, 1938 (crit. Hawaii).—Hosaka, E. Y., and Degener, O, 1938 (n. 
vars.).—Skottsberg, C, 1928c (arborescent spp. trop. Asia). 
Rollandia: Rock, J. F.t 1918c (angustifolia).—St. John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y., 
1935 (crit. Hawaii).—St. John, H., 1940b (humboldtiana). 
Trematocarpus: Hemsley, W. B., 1892a (crit.).—Zahlbruckner, A., 1891 (n, gen.). 
Wahlenbergia; Hooker, J. D., 1875.—Philippi, R. A., 1895 (tuberosa). 
C ANN ACE A E 
Kranzlin, F., 1912 (monogr.). 
CAPPARIDACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824e (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLII) (New 
Caledonia).—Kurz, S., 1874 (Crataeva religiosa),—Walpers, W. G., 1843a (n. 
spp.) 
CARICACEAE 
Carica papaya: Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (Hawaii).—Jones, W. W., and others, 1941 
(Hawaii).—Parris, G. K., 1939a (disease).—Pope, W. T., 1926b (variations). 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Mann, H., 1869b (crit.).—Rohrbach, P., 1871-73 (Juan Fernandez). 
Alsinodendron: Mann, H., 1866b (revis.).—Sherff, E., 1944a (n. spp. Hawaii). 
Schiedea: Caum, E. L., and Hosaka, E. Y, 1936 (kealiae).—Endlicher, S. L., 
1833a.—Fenzl, E., 1839 (ligustrina).—Hooker, W. J., 1844 (nuttallii).—Mann, 
H., 1866b (revis.).—Sherff, E, E„ 1942a (haleakalensis) ; 1943, 1944a (n. spp.); 
1945 (revis.) j 1946 (sarmentosa). 
Sagina hawaiiensts: Pax, F.t 1893. 
Silene: Sherff, E. E., 1946 (degneri).—Williams, F. N., 1896 (revis.). 
Spergularia: Rossbach, R. P., 1940 (monogr.). 
376 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
CASUARINACEAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXVII) (New Caledonia),—Hosokawa, T., 1934c 
(equisetifolia).—Miquel, F, A. W.t 1848 (revis.); 1865 (synop.); 1868 
(monogr.).—Poisson, J., 1876 (crit.). 
CELASTEACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1825a (monogr,).—Ettinghausen, C. von, 1857 (Elaeodendron 
eurtipendulum).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXI) (New Caledonia).—Loe- 
sener, T, 1897 (distrib.) ; 1911 (Gymnosporia samoensis); 1930a (G. Palauica). 
—Seemann, B., 1870a (Phocea). 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Aellen, P., 1929, 1933 (crit).—Bunge, A., 1880 (phytogcogr.).—Moquin-Tandon, 
A,, 1840 (monogr. Chenopodium) ; 1849a (monogr. Solsolaceae). 
CHLORANTHACEAE 
Cordemoy, C. J. de, 1862-63 (monogr.).—Solms-Laubach, H.( 1869 (monogr.). 
COMBRETACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1828a (monogr.).—Exell, A. W., 1936 (n. spp. Terminalia). 
—Lyon, H. L., 1927a (Terminalia myriocarpa).—Magenc, P., 1914 (pharmacol, 
Terminalia).—Slooten, D. F. van, 1924 (revis., Dutch East Indies); 1937 (distrib. 
Lumniizera). 
COMMELINACEAE 
Clarke, C. B., 1881 (monogr.). 
COMPOS IT AE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1836-38 (monogr.).—Gray, A, 1849 (n. spp. Hawaii); 1861a 
(U. S. Explor. Exped.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXIII) (New Caledonia),— 
Kitamura, S., 1941 (Micronesia).—Lessing, C., 1831 (Synantherae Romanzoff 
exped,).—Schultz, K. H., 1856 (Cassiniaceae coll. E. Jardin).—Sherff, E. E., 
1925-35, 1934c, 1946a (crit., n. spp. Hawaii). 
Acanthospermum: Blake, S. F,t 1921 (revis.). 
Ageratum conyzoides: Robinson, B. L., 1913. 
Argyautia: Sherff, E. E., 1944a (n. gen.). 
Argyroxiphium: Gray, A., 1849 (macro cephahim); 1852a (revis.).—Hooker, J. D,, 
1837a (sandwicense).—Keck, D. D., 1936a (monogr.); 1936b (popular).—McFar- 
land, J. H., 1935 (macrocephahim).—Smith, S. C., 1943 (popular). 
Artemisia: Skottsberg, C., 1927c (revis. Hawaii); 1937b (crit.). 
Aster sanduricensis: Hieronymus, G., 1900. 
Balbisia: Candolle, A. P. de, 1833 (n, gen.).—Decaisne, J., 1834 (monogr.). 
Bidens: Degener, O., 1929 (note) ; 1932c (key Hawaii).—Sherff, E. E., 1920-32 
(crit. Hawaii); 1936, 1937a (crit.) ; 1937c (monogr.); 1941a 1941b, 1944b (n. spp. 
Hawaii). 
Centaurodendron: Bock, C , 1936 (flowers).—Skottsberg, C., 1938c, 
Coreopsis: Sherff, E. E., 1936b (revis.) ; 1937a (n. spp.). 
Cosmos: Sherff, E. E., 1932 (revis.); 1937a (n. spp.). 
Dendroseris macrophylla: Don, D., 1832.—Hooker, J. D., 1878b. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 377 
Dubautia: Fosberg, F. R., 1938—43 (n, spp.) — Keck, D. D., 1936 (transfers).— 
Rock, J, F., 1910 (zvaialealae).—Sherff, E. E., 1933 (n. spp.); 1935a (revis.); 
1939c (n. spp.).—St. John, H., 1945a (crit.). 
Elephantoptu mollis: Parham, B. E. V., 1942c. 
Emilia: Garabedian, S., 1924 (revis.). 
Fitchia: Drake del Castillo, E., 1887b, 1898 (crit.).—Hooker, J. D., 1845 (n. gen.).— 
Nadeaud, J., 1898 (Tahiti).—Seemann, B., 1862j (crit.). 
Hdianthus tuberosus: Parham, W. L., 1939. 
Hesperomannia: Brigham, W. T., 1868a.—Mann, H., 1869b. 
Lagenophora: Forbes, C. N., 1918 (synop., Hawaii). 
Lipochaeta: Sherff, E. E,, 1935a (revis.) ; 1939c, 1941a (n. spp.). 
Mikania -micrantha: Caum, E. L., 1940.—Lever, R. J. A. W., 1944. 
Oparanthus: Sherff, E. E., 1937a (n. gen.). 
Pluchea: St. John, H., 1933 (crit, Hawaii). 
Raillardla; Hooker, J. D., 1865 (ciliolata).—Keck, D. D,, 1936a (transfers).— 
Sherff, E. E., 1933 (n. spp.); 1935a (revis.) ; 1941a (n. spp.). 
Rea: Decaisne, J., 1833 (n. gen.). 
Remya: Drake del Castillo, E., 1887b (n. gen.). 
Robinsonia: Candolle, A. P. de, 1833 (n. gen.).—Decaisne, J., 1834 (monogr.). 
Senecio hut us: Kloos, A. W., Jr., 1940. 
Tetramolopium: Sherff, E. E., 1934a, 1935a (revis. Hawaii). 
Wilkesia gymnoxiphium: Gray, A., 1849,1852a. 
Xanthium: Lever, R. J. A. W., 1944 (italicum).—Parham, B. E. V., 1940 (pungens). 
Youngia: Babcock, E. B., and Stebbins, G. L., 1937 (monogr.). 
Yunquea tenzii: Looser, G., 1935. 
CONNARACEAE 
Schellenberg, G., 1923b (Papua); 1924a (Micronesia); 1938 (monogr.). 
CON VOLVU LACE AE 
Choisy, J. D., 1833, 1837, 1845 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXIV) 
(revis. New Caledonia).—•Hallier, H., 1897-99 (general).—Ooststroom, S. J. van, 
1938 (Malaya). 
Calonyction bona-nox: House, H. D., 1904. 
Convolvulus: Caum, E. L.t 1918, 1933b {arvensis).—Lyon, H. L.t 1919a (arvensis). 
Sims, J., 1819 (turpethunt). 
Cuscuta: Choisy, J. D., 1841 (sandwicensis).—Engelmann, G., 1859,1860 (monogr.), 
—Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1938 (campesirts).—Yuncker, T. G., 1932 (monogr.). 
EvoIvuLus: Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1934 (monogr.). 
Ipomoea: 
batatas (sweet potato) ; Coster, S. E. H., 1938.—Courtet, H., 1909.—Dixon, R. B., 
1932.—Friederici, G.( 1936.—Harwood, L, W., 1938.—Hornell, J., 1946 (origin in 
Oceania). 
gracilis: House, H. D., 1907. 
pendula: Lindley, J., 1838b. 
Merremia: Ooststroom, S. J. van, 1939 (n. spp. Fiji). 
h 
CORNACEAE 
Brown, F. B. H., 1928 (Marquesas and vicinity) ; 1926, 1928 (Lautea=Corokia).— 
Gray, A., 1855b, 1862b (Rhytidandro). See also Alangiaceae. 
378 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
CORYNOCARPACEAE 
Hemsley, W. B., 1903a (revis. Corynocarpus). 
CRUCI FERAE 
Drown, F. B. H., and Brown, E. D. W.t 1926 (Lepidium bidentoides).—Candolle, 
A. P. de, 1824d (monogr.).—Montin, D. L., 1778 (Lepidium bidentatum),—Schulz, 
O. E., 1903 (monogr. Cardamine); 1919-23 (monogr. Brassicaceae); 1921 
(Brassica tntegrtfolia); 1924 (monogr. Sisymbrieae); 1927 (monogr. Draba, 
Eriophila).—St. John, H., 1945b (revis. Cardamine, Nasturtium, Hawaii).— 
Thellung, A., 1906 (monogr. Lepidium).—Walpers, W. G., 1843a (n. spp.). 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Cogniaux, A., 1881 (monogr.) ; 1908 (n. spp. Melothria, Samoa); 1910 (Samoa, 
New Guinea, Solomon Islands) ; 1916 (monogr.).—Cogniaux, A„ and Harms, H., 
1924 (monogr.).—Dodge, E. S., 1943.—Eames, A. J., and St. John, H., 1943 
(Lagenaria siceraria).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLIV) (New Caledonia).— 
HiAchinson, J., 1942 (Alsomitra, Neoalsomitra).—Naudin, C., 1858 (Bryonia 
pancheri) \ 1859a (monogr. Cuctmis); 1859b (Cucumis pancheri, Bryonia 
pancheri); 1862a (Cucutnis pancheri, Luff a cylindrica); 1862b (Melothria 
pentaphyHa) ; 1866b (n. spp.).—St. John, H., 1934 (crit. Sicyos, Hawaii).—See- 
mann, B.f 1864a (tropical Polynesia). 
CUNONIACEAE 
Andre, E., 1880a (Geissois racemosa).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1862 (New 
Caledonia); 1872 (Cunonia, New Caledonia).—Don, D., 1830 (monogr.).—Engler, 
A., 1870 (monogr. Belangera, IVeinmannia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LVI) 
(revis. New Caledonia) ; 1921c (Vesselowskya serratifolia).—Pampanini, R., 1904, 
1905 (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Turrill, W, B., 1916 (Geissois imthurnii).— 
Voronov, G. N., 1937 (tanning, distrib.), 
CYPERACEAE 
Beetle, A. A., 1944 (crit. Scirpeae).—Bockeler, O., 1868-77 (Berlin herb.) ; 1875 
(n. spp. Samoa and Tongatabu) ; 1878 (n. spp. Hawaii, New Caledonia).—Clarke, 
C. B., 1898 (distrib.) ; 1901 (Juan Fernandez); 1908 (n. spp.) ; 1909 (illus.).— 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. L) (New Caledonia).—Kiikenthal, G., 1909 (monogr. 
Caricoideae); 1920 (n. spp. Hawaii); 1924 (Micronesia) j 1935-36 (monogr. 
Cypereae); 1938-40 (monogr. Rhynochosporoideae).—Nees von Esenbeck, C. G., 
1843a (n. spp. Hawaii).—Palla, E., 1908 (Samoa).—Ohwi, J., 1942a (enum. 
Micronesia).—Pfeiffer, H., 1925 (monogr. Mapanieae).—Reichardt, H. W., 1878 
(Hawaii).—Steudel, E. G„ 1854-55 (synop.). 
Carex; Boott, F., 1846 (paleata); 1858-67 (illus.).—Kiikenthal, G., 1909 (monogr.). 
—Nelmes, E., 1938 (crit.).—Ohwi, J., 1930-31, 1939 (crit.).—Palla, E., 1907 
(rechingeri). 
Cyclocampe arundinacea: Hooker, J. D., 1883b. 
Cyperus: Bockeler, O,, 1875-80 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Clarke, C. B., 1884 (crit.).— 
Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40,1940 (rotundas). 
Eleocharis: Blake, S. T., 1939 (monogr. Australia, N. Zealand).—Pfeiffer, H., 
1921-22 (conspectus).—Svenson, H. K., 1929,1939 (monogr.). 
Fimbristylis: Beck, G. von, 1888b (faulensis).—Ohwi, J., 1939 (hatusimae). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 379 
Gahnia: Benl, G, 1940a (revis.); 1940b (crit.).—Pfeiffer, H., 1927 (affinis). 
Hypolytrum laHfolium: Hooker, J. D., 1877a.—Miguel, F. A. W., 1870—71. 
Isolepis: Beetle, A. A., 1945 (crit.). 
Lophoscho enus neocaledonicus: Pfeiffer, H., 1927. 
Mariscus: Fernald, M. L., 1923 (crit.). 
Oreobolus: Pfeiffer, H., 1927 (revis.), 
Pandanophyllum: Kurz, S., 1869a, 1869b (crit.). 
Scirpodendron ghaeri: Boerlage, J. G., 1895. 
Scirpw: Beetle, A. A., 1941-42 (crit). 
Thoracostachyum: Uittien, H., 1936 (revis.). 
Uncinia douglasii: Clarke, C. B., 1883b. 
DEGENERIACEAE 
Bailey, I. W.t and Smith, A. C, 1942 (a fam. Degeneriaceae, n. gen. Degeneria). 
DILLENIACEAE 
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864e (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. 
de, 1824b (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt IX) (New Caledonia).— 
Hooker, J. D., 1873a (Hibbertia battdouinii). 
DIO SCORE ACE AE 
Dioscorea: Burkill, I. H.f 1923 (Tahitian yams).—Caura, E. L., and Martin, J. P., 
1936-37 (cult. Hawaii).—Harwood, L. W., 1938 (cult. Fiji).—Jumelle, H., 1910 
(edible).—Knuth, R., 1924 (monogr.) ; 1936 (kebridensis).—Parham, W. L., 
and Dakui, M., 1938 (yams).—Prain, D., and Burkill, I. H., 1914 (synop.) ; 
1936, 1939 (taxon.). 
DROSERACEAE 
Diels, L., 1906 (monogr.).—Hamet, R., 1906 (Drosera neo-caledonica) ; 1907 
(crit.). 
EBENACEAE 
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. G, 1936-38 (revis. Malaya).—Candolle, A. de, 
1844c (monogr.),—Fosberg, F. R., 1939d (Diospyros ferrea).—Guillaumin, A., 
1914-45 (pts. XIII, XIV) (Diospyros, Maba, New Caledonia).—Hiern, W. P., 
1873 (monogr.); 1877 (Maba samoensis).—MacCaughey, V., 1917i (Diospyros 
ebenaster). 
ELAEO CARPACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1861 (Antholoma).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1861b, 1863c, 
1865e (New Caledonia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pts. VIII, XLI) (New Cale- 
donia).—Kanehira, R., 1916 (Elaeocarpus kanehirae).—Knuth, R., 1940 (n. spp. 
New Caledonia).—Mueller, F. von, 1880, 1938 (Aristotelia bratihwaitei).— 
Poisson, J., 1874 (New Caledonia).—Schlechter, R., 1921b (Micronesia).— 
Smith, A. C., 1941-44 (crit.).—Sprague, T. A., 1907 (revis. Dubousetia). 
EPACRIDACEAE 
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864a, 1865c (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, 
A. P. de, 1839c (monogr.).—Fosberg, F. R., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1938 (Siyphelia 
tameiameiae).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXVII) (revis. New Caledonia).— 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Nuttall, T., 1843 (crit).—Oliver, W. R. B., 1929 (revis. Dracophyllum).—St 
John, H., 1942b (n. comb. Styphelia).—Viguier, R., 1912 (New Caledonia). 
ERICACEAE (excl. Vacciniaceae) 
Decaisne, J., 1855 (Pernettya rigida).—Skottsberg, C., 1938a (se. Polynesia).— 
Sleumer, H., 1935 (Pernettya rigida) \ 1939a (revis. Agapeics), 
ERIOCAULACEAE 
Lecomte, H., 1913 (Eriocaulon longipeduculatum).—Moldenke, H. N., 1946 (list, 
distrib.).—Ruhland, W., 1903 (monogr.). 
ERYTHROXYLACE AE 
Schulz, 0. E., 1907 (monogr.). 
ESCALLONIACEAE 
Engler, A., 1870 (monogr. Escallonia). 
EUCRYPHIACEAE 
Bausch, J., 1938 (revis.). 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1858 (monogr.) ; 1861-62a (Phyllantheae New Caledonia); 1861- 
62b (New Caledonia); 1873-74 (crit).—Croizat, L., 1941b (revis, Plukene- 
tiinae); 1944 (crit. Fiji).—Daenzer, F. G-, 1834 (economic spp.).—Guillaumin, 
A., 1914-45 (pt. XXVI) (New Caledonia).—Jablonszky, E., 1915 (monogr.).— 
Jussieu, A. de, 1824 (medicinal spp.).—Klotzsch, J. F.t 1860 (crit.).—Mueller, 
J., 1863-65 (syst); 1864 (n. spp.); 1866 (monogr.).—Pax, F., 1910a, 1910b.— 
Pax, F., and Hoffmann, K., 1911, 1912a, 1912b, 1914, 1919a, 1919b, 1922, 1924 
(monogr.).—Sherff, E. E., 1939b (crit. Hawaii). 
Acalypha: Croizat, L., 1944 (insulana).—Hooker, J. D„ 1899 (hUpida).—Jumelle, 
H., 1897 (vedeliana),—Moore, T., 1867 (tricolor); 1875d (wilkesiana).— 
Nitschke, R., 1923 (distrib.).—Schneider, N., 1907 (cult. spp.). 
Alearites: Blackie, W. J., 1936.—Judd, C. S., 1919a (moluccana).—Langeron, M„ 
1902 (monogr.).—Sherff, E. E., 1939b (crit.).—Wheeler, L. C., 1939 (moluccana). 
Antidesma: Beck, G. von, 1888a (wawraeanum).—Sherff, E. E., 1939b (crit 
Hawaii).—Tulasne, L. R., 1851 (crit.). 
Claoxylon: Sherff, E. E., 1937b, 1939b (crit., n, spp.). 
Cleidion: Croizat, L, 1944 (leptostachyum).—Pax, F., and Lingelsheim, A. von, 
1906 (WMfaw). 
Cleistanthus micrantkus: Croizat, Iy,( 1945a. 
Codiaeum. See Croton. 
Croton (including Codiaeum of horticulturists and Croton, sensu stricto) : Andre, 
E., 1867, 1872a, 1872c, 1872d (cult spp.).—Anonymous, 1881b, 1881c (cult. spp.). 
—Croizat, L., 1945a (Croton! parhamii).—Dombrain, H. H., 1868 (maximus).— 
Falkoner, W., 1873a (cult, spp.),—Geiseler, E. F., 1807 (monogr. Crotonl). 
—Houtte, L. van, 1873a, 1873b (variegatum).—Madelain, E., fils, 1873.— 
Moore, T., 1869a, 1870b, 1871b, 1872c, 1872d, 1873a, 1874c, 1874d( 1875a, 1876a, 1876b, 
1879a, 1879b, 1879c (various cult spp.).—Smith W. G, 1874a, 1874c, 1875a (cult, 
spp.). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 381 
Drypetes: Sherff, E. E., 1939b, 1942c (crit). 
Ettdospenttom: Raiqiso, F. C., 1936 (Fiji). 
Euphorbia: Boissier, E., I860 (descr. spp.); 1862 (monogr.); 1866 (illustr.).— 
Croizat L., 1938, 1941c (crit).—Forbes, C. N.t 1913b (stokesii).—Johnston, I. M., 
1923 (deppeana).—Sherff, E. E., 1936a (n. spp.); 1938a, 1939b, 1941b (revis. 
Hawaii).—Skottsberg, C.t 1944b (enum. Hawaii). 
Fontainea pancheri: Heckel, E., 1872. 
Glochidion: Croizat, L., 1943 (crit.).—Mueller, J., 1865 (enum.). 
Longetia: Baillon, 1865-66 (descr.)- 
Macaranga: Jumellc, H., 1897 (videliana).—Pax, F.p and Hoffmann, K., 1928 
(graeffeana).—Pax, F., and Lingelsheim, A. von, 1906 (alckorneotdes).—Turrill, 
W. B., 1924 (grandifiora, magna). 
Manihot: Harwood, L. W., 1938 (Fiji).—Poisson, J., 1900 (glosiovii). 
NeogniHaumima: Croizat, L., 1938,1941c (n. gen., crit). 
Neowawraea: Judd, C. S., 1932b.—Russ, G. W., 1932 (distrib.). 
Phyllanthus: Andri, E,, 1878c (ntvosus).—Baillon, E., 1861-62a (New Caledonia). 
—Croizat, L., 1943 (crit.).—Moore, T., 1878b (roseo-pictus).—Puvilland,—.,1879 
(seemanmanus).—Sheriff, E. E., 1939b (crit Hawaii).—Smith, W. G., 1874b 
(ffnronu). 
Ramelia codonosiylis: Croizat, L., 1941b. 
Securinega: Croizat, L., 1945b (samoona).—Lindley, J., 1821-24 (mfida). 
StQlingia pactfica: Croizat, L., 1944. 
FLACOURTIACEAE 
Briquet A., 1898a (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1825c (monogr. 
Samydeae).—Clos, D., 1855 (monogr.); 1857 (revis.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 
(pt LXVI) (revis. New Caledonia).—Oliver, D., 1881 (Erythrospermttm poty- 
ondrum).—Sherff, E. R, 1942c (Xylosma hawaiiense).—Sleumer, H., 1938a (Fla- 
eourtia molliptla) ; 193% (taxon. Xylosma).—Tieghem, P. van, 1900a (Erythro- 
spermum). 
FLAGELLARIACEAE 
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1861c (crit).—Christophersen, E., 1930, 1931b 
(Joinvillea).—Hooker, J. D, 1855 (crit) ; 1883a (Flagellaria gigantea),—Surridge, 
H. R., 1938a (Flag ell aria mdiea). 
GENTIANACEAE 
Grisebach, A. H. R., 1838,1845 (monogr.); 1853 (Schenkta), 
GERANIACEAE 
Fosberg, F. R., 1936a (Hawaii).—Hooker, W. J., 1837f (Geranium amentum") 
Knuth, R., 1912 (monogr.). 
GESNERIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1888a (Periomphale) Candolle, A. P. de, 1845.—Clarke, G B., 1883a 
(monogr. Cyrtandraceae).—Schlechter, R., 1921e (Micronesia). 
Cyrtandra: Hosokawa, T., 1935a (distrib.).—Kraxizlin, F., 1928c (futunae).— 
Rock, J. F., 1917b, 1918a, 1919a, 1919b (Hawaii).—Seemann, B, 1861a (pritchardii). 
—Vatke, W., 1876 (hillebrandii). 
700080—47—25 . . ...v.. 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
GOODENIACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1839b (monogr. Goodenovieae).—Gray, A., 1861b (U. S. Explor. 
Exped.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt II) (New Caledonia).—Krause, K., 1912 
(monogr.).—Vriese, W. H. de, 1849-50,1854 (monogr. Goodenovieae). 
Scaevola: Diels, L., 1921 id (frufescens),—Nut tall, T., 1843 (n. spp. Hawaii).— 
Rock, J. F., 1909a, 1909b (swezeyana).—St. John, H., 1933 (crit., Hawaii).— 
Skottsberg, C., 1927c (revis. Hawaii).—St. John, H., 1940b (mollis).—Zahlbruck- 
ner, A., 1888 {beekit). 
GRAMINEAE 
Andersson, N. J., 1856 (monogr. Andropogoneae).—Balansa, B., 1872b (cat. New 
Caledonia).—Camus, A., 1922 (crit.).—Camus, E. G., 1913 (monogr. Bambusaceae). 
Flugge, J.p 1810 (monogr.).—Fosberg, F. R, 1939b (crit).—Guillaumin, A,, 1914- 
45 (pt. LXVIII) (revis. New Caledonia).—Hackel, E., 1889a (monogr. An- 
dropogoneae) ; 1907, 1913 (Samoa).—Hackel, E,, and Schinz, H., 1914 (New 
Caledonia, Loyalty Islands).—Harvey, C., 1941a (pasture, Fiji).—Henrard, J. T.f 
1940-41 (crit.).—Hitchcock, A. S., 1922 (revis. Hawaii) ; 1932 (New Hebrides).— 
Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. G, 1939 (Hawaiian ranges).—Hosokawa, T., 1935c 
(enum. Micronesia).—Kunth, K. S.( 1829-35 (revis.).—McClelland, C. K., 1915 
(grasses, forage, Hawaii).—Munro, W., 1868 (monogr. Bambusaceae).—Nees von 
Esenbeck, C. G., 1829 (Brazil); 1843b (Hawaii).—Ohwi, J., 1941 (enum. Micro- 
nesia).—Parham, B. E. V., 1944 (introd. Fiji); 1945b ("blue" grasses, Fiji).— 
Pilger, R.( 1920 (Juan Fernandez).—Reichardt, H. W., 1878 (Hawaii).— 
Ripperton, J. G, Goff, R. A, Edwards, W. D., and Davis, W. C., 1933 (range, 
Hawaii).—Scribner, F. L., 1899 (Marianas).—Steudel, E. G.t 1854-55 (synop.).— 
Stuchbery, H. M., 1937 (Fiji).—Summerhayes, V. S., and Hubbard, C, E., 1927, 
1930 (Fiji).—Trinius, C. B., 1824 (Agrostideae) ; 1826 (Paniceae) ; 1828-36 (illus., 
descr.); 1830 (n. spp.); 1832 (Andropogoneae); 1834 (genera, Paniceae) ; 1840 
(genera).—Whitney, L. D., Hosaka, E. Y., and Ripperton, J. C., 1939 (Hawaiian 
ranges). 
Agrottis rockii: Hackel, E., 1911-12. 
Amphilopis: Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (Fiji). 
Andropogon: Hackel, E., 1885 (obliquiberbis).—Parham, B. E. V,, 1945b (Fiji). 
Arutida: Henrard, J. T., 1926-33 (revis.) ; 1929-33 (monogr.).—Swallen, J, R., 
1936 (n. spp.). 
Axonopua affinis: Chase, A., 1938 (Hawaii). 
Brachiaria reptans: Gardner, C. A., and Hubbard, C. E., 1938. 
CapHlipedium spictgerum: Blake, S. T., 1944. 
Chaetochloa verticillata: Kunkel, L. O., 1922 (descr., mosaic disease). 
Chloris divaricate: Hosaka, K Y., 1936. 
Cymbopogon refractus: Camus, A., 1928. 
Cyrtococcum trigonum: Stapf, O., 1922. 
Deschampgia: St John, H., 1945a (Hawaii). 
Dicanthium: Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (Fiji). 
Digitaria: Hackel, E.t 1901 (crit.).—Henrard, J. T„ 1930, 1934 (n. spp.).— Mez, C„ 
1924 (wwiortetwir).—Ohwi, J., 1942b (subhoristontalis).—Tuyama, T., 1942a 
(crit).—-Whitney, L, D., 1937c (henryi Hawaii). 
Eragrostis: Fosberg, F. R,, 1939b (crit.),—Jedwabnick, E., 1924 (conspectus). 
—Swallen, J. R., 1936 (n. spp.).—Whitney, L. D., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1936 
(mtftatttttro).—Whitney, L. D,, 1937a (fosbergti). 
Erianthus maximus: Grass), C. O., 1946. 
Eulalla: Camus, A., 1922 (crit.). 
Garnotia: Swallen, J. R., 1936 (n. spp.),—Whitney, L. D., 1937b (rarotongensis). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 383 
Isachne: Hackel, E„ 1889b (comata). 
Ischaemum: Parham, B. E. V., 1945b (Fiji).—T., C. R., 1937 (aristatum, rugosum). 
Lepturns: Camus, A., 1923 (crit.). 
Ophiuros numostachyus: Hubbard, C. E., 1936. 
Oplismenus: Houtte, L, van, 1867 (imbecillis).—Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von, 1861— 
62a (reris.). 
Panicum: Gardner, C. A., and Hubbard, C. E., 1938 (reptans).—Hackel, E., 1901 
(subgen. Solitaria).—Hitchcock, A. S., 1933 (ratmwttu).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1942 
(carteri).—Mez. C, 1917 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Parham, B, E. V., 1940 (maximum). 
—St. John, H., 1934 (Hawaii).—St John, H., and Hosaka, E. Y.p 1935 (Hawaii). 
—Stapf, O., 1922 (transfers).—Whitney, L. D., and Hosaka, E. Y., 1936 
(konaense),—Whitney, L. D., 1937e (imbricatum), 
Paspalum: Jacques, G, 1939 (New Caledonia). 
Pennisetum: Parris, G. K., 1942 (disease of purpureum).—Trinius, C. B., 1821- 
(articulare). 
Pholiurtn: Camus, A., 1923 (crit.). 
Poa sipkonoglossa: Hackel, E., 1911-12. 
Saccharum: Andersson, N. J., 1855.—Gilmore, A. 6., 1939 (Hawaii sugar manual).— 
Grassl, C O., 1946 (robustttm).—Miller, C. D.t 1929 (food, sugar cane).—Sur- 
ridge, H. R., 1938a (sponianewn). See also Index I—Hosts and their diseases— 
Sugarcane. 
Schizachyrium: Camus, A., 1924 (New Caledonia).—Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von, 
1861452b (syst). 
Sorghum: Hubbard, C. E., 1938 (leioclodum, etc.).—Snowden, J. D., 1935, 1936 
(cult. spp.). 
Spartina: Surridge, H. R., 1937a (Fiji), 
Thaumastochloa: Hubbard, C. E., 1936 (n. gen.). 
Tragus australionus: Blake, S. T., 1941. 
Tries turn inaequale: Whitney, L. D., 1937e. 
Zea mats: Kunkel, L. O., 1921 (mosaic disease). 
GUTTIFERAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824k (monogr.).—Lauterbach, K., 1924 (Micronesia).—Mac- 
Caughey, V., 1918d (Calophyllum tnophyHum).—Merrill, E. D., 1945a (Ochro- 
carpus glavcvs, odoratus).—Pierre, L., 1883 (revis.. Garcinia).—Planchon, J. E., 
and Triana, J., 1860-62 (revis.).—Smith, A. C., 1941-44 (Calophyllum vitiense) 
Triana, J., 1860-62 (revis.)—Vesque, J., 1889 (Garcinia, Calophyllum) ', 1893 
(monogr,). s . ^ ' 
HALORRHAGACEAE 
Candolle, A. de, 1868b (monogr. Gvtmereae).—Krajina, V., 1930a (Gwtnera in 
Hawaii).—MacCaughey, V., 1917b (G, petalotdea).— Schindler, A. K., 19Q5, 
(monogr.).—Tuyama, T., 1940c (Halorragis, Micronesia). 
HERNANDIACEAE 
Hooker, J. D., 1870a (Hernandia moerenhoutiana).—Meisner, C. F., 1864b 
(monogr.).—Nadeaud, J., 1897c (Hernandia, Society Islands).—Tuyama, Tn 1943 
(lobyrittthica). 
HIPPOCRATEACEAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XIX) (New Caledonia).—Loesener, T., 1930b (Micro- 
nesia).—Smith, A. C., 1941 (crit. Salacia, Dicarpellum). 
384 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Ascherson, P., 1867-68, 1871, 1875a, 1875b, 1876a, 1876b ("sea grasses")*—Balfour, 
I., 1878b (Holophiio).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLVI) (Fluviales, New 
Caledonia).—Setchell, W. A., 1034 (distrib.). 
HYDROPHYLLACEAE 
Brand, A., 1913 (monogr.).—Choisy, J. D., 1846 (monogr. Hydroleaceae).—Gray, 
A., 1870 (Nama satidxtricensis). 
IOACINACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1874 (Lasionthero austro-ccdedonica).—Handa, T., 1940 (Lophopyxis 
pentaptera).—Howard, R. A., 1940-43 (crit, revis. Ciironella, Medusanthtra).— 
Reissek, S., 1842 (monogr. Penrumtia).—Schellcnberg, G., 1923a (New Guinea); 
1924b (Urondra ellipttca).—Sleumer, H., 1940 (Merrilliodendron megacarpum). 
IRIDACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1877a, 1892 (monogr.). 
Iris robmsoniana: Anonymous, 1891a.—Bennett, G., 1872.—Carpentier, —, 1872.— 
Hooker, J. D„ 1892a.—Perring, W., 1885.—Watson, W., 1891a, 1891c. 
JUNCACEAE 
Buchenau, F„ 1906 (monogr.). 
LABIATAE 
Bentham, G., 1831 (Romanzoff exped.) ; 1832-36 (monogr.).—Briquet, J., 1898b ' 
(monogr.).—Epling, C, 1935 (synop. S. Amer.); 1941 (crit Hawaii, Juan 
Fern&ndez).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt LXI) (New Caledonia).—Junell, S., 
1934 (morphol.).—Sherff, E, E., 1934b, 1934c, 1946a (crit. Hawaii). 
Amethystea: Bocquillon, M. H., 1861' (crit.). 
Coleus: Dambrain, H. H., 1867a (gtbsonii); 1867b (veitckii). 
Haplostachya: Sherff, E. E., 1935b (revis.). 
Hyptia: Epling, C., 1936 (distrib.).—Parham, B. E. V., 1942e (pectinata). * 
Leonurus mtermedius: Schouw, J. F., 1850. 
Lepechinia hastata: Epling, C., 1941. 
Ocimum scutellarioidts: Sims, J., 1812. 
Phyllottegia: Bitter, G., 1900 (variabilis).—Hosaka, E. Y., and Degener, O., 1938 
(yomaguchii).—Sherff, E. Ey 1935b (revis.); 1939c (crit); 1941a (n. spp. 
Hawaii). 
Stenogyne: Bentham, G., 1877 (rotundifolia).—Degener, O., 1943a (sherffii).— 4 
Hooker, J. D., 1877b (rotundifolia).—St John, H., 1945a (crit. Hawaii).—Sherff, 
E. E., 1935b (revis.); 1939c, 1941a, 1941b (crit.). 
LACTORIDACEAE 
Philippi, R. A., 1865a, 1865b (Lactoris fernandesitma). 
i 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 385 
LAURACEAE 
Guiilaumm, A., 1914-45 (pt. XVII) (New Caledonia).—Maiden, J. H., 1902 
(Cryptocarya).—Meisner, C. F., 1864a (monogr.).—Parham, W. L., 1958b {Persea 
americatta). 
LECYTHIDACEAE 
See Barringtoniaceae 
LEGUMINOSAE 
Bazilevskaja, N. A., 1930 (syst. Sophoreae).—Bentham, G., 1875 (revis. Mimoseae). 
—Candolle, A. P. de, 1825e (monogr.).—Desvaux, A. N., 1826 (revis. Coro- 
mllieae).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt XL) (New Caledonia).—Harms, H., 1911 
(New Caledonia).—Hosaka, E. Y„ and Ripperton, J. C, 1944 (of Hawaiian 
ranges).—Lyon, H. L., 1910b (for Hawaiian fields); 1911c (disease resistance).— 
Neal, M. C.t 1937b (trees Hawaii).—Rock, J. F., 1919c, 1920a (Hawaii).—Vogd, 
T., 1836 (Romanzoff exped.) ; 1843 (Meyen exped.). 
Acacia: Judd, C. S., 1920a (koa).—Smith, J. C., 1906 (decurrens).—Wawra, H., 
1885 (koa). 
Albizzia: Fournier, E., 1860-61, 1865 (crit) .—Parham, W. L., 1941 (falcata).— 
Smith, J. S., 1941 (falcata). 
Aniotum: Fosberg, F. R , 1939e (*=lnocarpus). 
Arthroclianthus: Baillon, H., 1870 (sanguineus).—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1909 
(monogr.). 
Cajanus indicus: Lyon, H. L., 191*7 (Hawaii). 
Canavalia: Piper, C. V., 1917 (micro car pa).—Piper, C, V., and Dunn, S. T., 1922 
(revis.). 
Cassia: Bentham, G., 1871 (revis.).—Judd, C. S., 1932b (gaudxchaudii), 
Clianthtis: Lindley, J., 1841 (carneus).—Naudio, C., 1854 (puniceus).— Planchon, 
J. E., 1853 (puniceus). 
Colvillea racetnosa: Lyon, H. L., 1927a. 
Crotalaria: Senn, H. A., 1939 (N. Amer.). 
Cynometra grandiflora: Scheffer, R. H. C. C., 1876a. 
Dalbergia: Prain, D., 1904 (revis.). 
Denis: Blackie, W. J., 1932a (uliginosa).—Lever, R, J. A. W., 1938b (Melanesia).— 
Tattersfield, F., Martin, J. P., and Howes, F, N., 1940 (trifoUata). 
Desmodinm: Bentham, G., 1865 (pycnostachyum).—Desvaux, A. N., 1826 (revis.).— 
Harms, H., 1931b (poly carputn).—Meyer, E., 1850 (sandzvicense).—Schindler, 
A. K., 1924,1925-27 (segregated genera) ; 1928 (crit.). 
Edwardsia: Ker, J. B., 1823 (chrysophylla).—Philippi, R. A., 1873 (Juan Fernan- 
dez).—Salisbury, R. G, 1808 (chrysophylla). 
Erythrwa: Anonymous, 1874b (parcellii).—Dombrain, H. H., 1873b (parcellii).— 
Judd, C. S., 1920b (monospertm).—Krukoff, B. A., 1939 (crit).—Planchon, J. E., 
1880b (marmorata). 
Flemingia strobilifera: Li, H. L., 1944. 
Inocarpus: Fosberg, F. R., 1939e (crit.) ; 1941 (fagiferus).—Lever, R. J. A. W., 
1938a (edulis).—Oliver, D., 1889 (edtdis). 
Intsia bijuga: Meyer Drees, E., 1938.—Witt, H. C. D. de, 1941. 
Kingiodendron platycarpum: Burtt, B. L., 1936a. 
Leucaena glauca: Parham, W. L., 1938a. 
Lupinus: St. John, H., 1945a (crit. Hawaii). 
Maniltoa grandi flora: Harms, H., 1902.—Scheffer, R. H. C. C., 1876a. 
Mimosa simplex: Spa rrman, A., 1780. 
Moghania strobilifera: Li, H. L., 1944. 
386 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Pachyrrhizus: Clausen, K. T., 1945 (monogr.). 
Pterocarpus attsfralis: Ettingliausni, C. von, 1854 (leaf nervation)* 
Pueraria thunbergiana: Agee, H. P., 1920. 
Sophora chrysophylla: Ker, J. B., 1823. 
Storkiella: Baillon, H., 1869 (crit.) *—Seemann, B,, 1861 d (w'ft>»jis). 
Tephrosia purpurea: Chevalier, A., 1937. 
LEMNACEAE 
Hegelmaier, F., 1868 (monogr.). 
LILIACEAE 
Baker, J. G., 1875 (revis. Asparagaceae); 1876d (revis. Anthericeae, Eriosper- 
meae).—Candolle, A. de, 1878 (monogr. Smilaceae).—Skottsberg, C., 1937c (crit. 
se. Polynesia). 
Arthropodium neo-caledomcutn: Baker, J. G., 1877b, 1877d. 
Astelia: Skottsberg, C., 1934b, 1934d, 1935a, 1937c, 1937d. 
Collospermum: Skottsberg, C, 1937d (distrib.). 
Cordyline (See also Dracaena): Andre, E., 1874e (denstcoma).—Baker, J. G., 
1873b (synop.).—Hooker, J. D., 1800 (cult. spp.).—Regel, E. von, 1859, 1864 (cult. 
Sjip.), 
Dianella: Skottsberg, C., 1937c (n. varieties). 
Dracaena (See also Cordyline): Anonymous, 1903a, 1903b,—Andre, E., 1872a, 
1872b, 1872e, 1874b, 1874d, 1878a.—Delai re, L., 1872,-Dombrain, H. H, 1872a, 
1872b, 1873a,—Hooker, W. J., 1828b.—Koch, K., 1867 (revis.).—Lindley, J,, 1835a. 
—Moore, T., 1871c, 1872b, 1873b, 1874b, 1875b.—Planchon, J. R, 1880a.—Regel, 
E. von, 1859. 
Phormium tenax: Faujas-de-Saint-Fond, B., 1812.—Hooker, W. J., 1832b.— 
Lemaire, C., 1866.—Sprenger, C,, 1890. 
Pleiosmilax: Seemann, B., 1868b. 
Smilax trukensis: Hosokawa, T., 1937b. 
Xeronema moorii: Andre, E., 1877d.—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864g.— 
Masters, M. T., 1878.—Puvilland, —, 1878.—Wright, Charles Henry, 1910. 
LINACEAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXII) (New Caledonia).—Stapf, O., 1906 
(Durandea). 
LOBE LI ACE AE 
See Campanulaceae. 
LOGANIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1880b, (n. spp. Geniosioma); 1880c (Labordieae) ; 1880d (New Cale- 
donia).—Benthatn, G., 1856 (Geniostoma crassifolium).—Candolle, A. de, 1845 
(monogr.).—Gilg, E., 1934 (n. spp. Marianas).—Gilg, E., and Benedict, G, 1921 
(revis. Micronesia, Polynesia).—Gray A., 1860b (crit).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 
(pt. XXV) (New Caledonia).—Hill, A. \V., 1911, 1917 (revis. Strychnos).— 
Hosokawa, T., 1937b (Fagraea sair).—Klett, W., 1924 (revis. genera).—St. John, 
H., 1933, 1936b (crit. revis. Hawaii).—Sherff, E. E., 1938b, 1939a, 1944a (crit. 
Hawaii).—Vale ton, T., 1902 (revis. Geniostotna), 
LORANTHACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1862 (syst.).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1830c (monogr.).—Danser, B. H., 
1929 (taxon.) ; 1931 (Neth. E. Indies) ; 1933,1934, 1936 (crit. revis.).—Skottsberg, 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 387 
C, 1944b (Hawaii).—Tieghem, P. van, 18941), 1895, 1896b (crit.). 
Aciella: Tieghem, P, van, 1894a (n. spp.). 
Amyema: Danser, B. H., \93V (bamltri) ; 1934 (jamomrw). 
Korthalsella; Lecomte, H.t 1916 (crit.).—Tieghem, P. van, 1896a (n, gen.). 
Loranthus: Tieghem, P. van, 1894c (crit.). 
Treubella: Tieghem, P. van, 1894d (n, spp.). 
LYTHRACEAE 
Bacigalupi, R., 1931 (taxon. Cuphed).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1828b (monogr.).— 
Koehne, E., 1880-85 (monogr.); 1903 (monogr,).—Merrill, E. D., 1934b (Cuphea 
vs. Parsonsia),—Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40 (Lytkrum hysso pi folium). 
MAGNOLIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1866-67b (Zygogynum).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXIX) (New 
Caledonia). 
MALPIGHIACEAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXX) (New Caledonia).—Niedenzu, F., 1915-24 
(crit.); 1928 (monogr.).—Sprague, T. A., 1910 (Tristellateia austraiis). 
MALVACEAE 
Baker, E. G., 1890-93 (synop.).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1824f (monogr.),—Guillau- 
min, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXII) (New Caledonia).—Hochreutiner, B. P. G., 1902 (n. 
spp.). 
Abutilon: Christophersen, E., 1934a (n. spp.). 
Gossypium: Chevalier, A., 1939 (taitense).—Dass. C. M., 1937 (hybrid, Fiji).— 
Roberty, G., 1937 {taitense, purpurascens) ; 1942 (revis.).—Watt, G., 1907 (revis.). 
Hibiscus: Hochreutiner, B, P. G„ 1900 (revis.).—Hooker, J. D., 1891 (venustus).— 
Lyon, H. L., 1915d (Xylaria disease).—MacCaughey, V., 1916m (tUiaceus).— 
Merrill, E. D., 1920 (tiliacetis).—Neal, M. G, 1939c (popular, Hawaii).—Sprague, 
T. A., 1914a (waimeae) ; 1914b (arnottianus).—T., W., 1915 (waimeae).—Wilcox, 
E. V., and Holt, V. S., 1913 (ornamental Hawaii).—Wilder, G. P., 1917 (develop- 
ment in Hawaii). 
Kokia: Lew ton, F. L., 1912 (n. gen.).—Rock, J. F,, 1919d (taxon.). 
Sida: Gandoger, M., 1924 (key). 
Urenalobata: Parham, B. E. V., 1938-40 (weed Fiji). 
MARANTACEAE 
Rolfe, R. A., 1907 (Dona.r, Sckumannianthus).—Kornicke, F. A., 1862 (monogr., 
Phrynium dichotomum).—Schumann, K., 1902 (monogr.). 
MELASTOMACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1828c (monogr,).—Cogniaux, A., 1891 (monogr.).—Naudin, C., 
1849-53 (monogr.).—Triana, J,, 1871 (monogr,), 
Astronia: Moore, S. le M., 1880 (n. spp.). 
Astronidium: Markgraf, F., 1934 (revis.). 
Clidemia hirta: Kermack, J., 1928.—Lever, R. J. A. W., 1931.—Paine, R. W.f 
1934.—Simmonds, H. W., 1932a, 1933, 1934, 1937, 1938.—Taylor, T. H. C, 1928 
(control, Fiji). 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Medinilla: Mansfeld, R., 1930 (blumcatta).—Moore, S. le M., 1880 (n. spp.) 
Paine, R. W., 1940 (waterhousei). 
Melastoma: Bois, D., 1910 (normale).—Hooker, W. J., 1856 (denticulatum). 
MELIACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824m (monogr.).—Candolle, C. de, 1878 (monogr.); 1903 
1906 (n. spp.) ; 1912 (Samoa).—Gray, A., 1855b (Vavaea).—Guillaumin, A. 
1914-45 (pt. XXXV) (New Caledonia).—Hemsley, W. B., 1907b (Dysoxylum 
pachyphyllum).—Jack, H. W., 1935 (mahogany, Fiji),—Jussieu, A. L. de, 1830 
(syst.).—Oliver, D., 1896b (Vavaea megaphylla).—Ridley, H, N., 1938 (Xylo- 
carpus granatum). 
MENI SPERM ACE AE 
Diels, L., 1910 (monogr.); 1913 (Samoa); 1920 (New Caledonia); 1921a 
(Pachygone ledermamii).—Miers, J., 1864-71 (monogr.).—Yamamoto, Y., 1938 
(phytogeogr., list). 
MONIMIACEAE 
Baillon, H.t 1868 (Hedycarya); 1873 (Netnuaron),—Candolle, A. de, 1868c 
(monogr.),—Gray, A., 1866 (Hedycarya).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXIII) 
(New Caledonia).—Perkins, J., and Gilg, E., 1901 (monogr.).—Perkins, J., 1911 
(suppl. monogr.). 
MORACEAE (including ARTOCARPACEAE) 
Bureau, E., 1869-72 (New Caledonia) ; 1873 (monogr.).—Diels, L., 1938 (Micro- 
nesia).—Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (Melanesia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. 
LXXV) (crit. New Caledonia).—Summerhayes, V. S., 1932 (New Hebrides).— 
Trecul, A., 1847 (revis.).—Warburg, 0, 1921 (New Caledonia). 
Antiaris beimettii: Seemann, B., 1862c, 1862d. 
Artocarpue: Andr6,1879d (cannont).—Chevalier, A., 1940 (cotnmunis).—Christian, 
F. W, 1897 (varieties of breadfruit).—Forster, G, 1784a, 1784b (incisa).—Fos- 
berg, F. R., 1939e (crit.) ; 1941 (cotnmunis, itiroa).—Hooker, W, J., 1828 (i«- 
—Houtte, L. van, 1875 (cannoni).—MacCaughey, V., 1917m (Hawaii).— 
Miller, C. D., 1929 (food value of breadfruit).—Moore, T., 1875c (cannoni).— 
Panzer, G. W. F., 1785 (breadfruit).—Smith, W. G., 1875b (cannoni).—Solereder, 
H., 1903 (laciniata).—Veitch, J. H., 1875 (lacinia ta) .—Wilder, G. P, 1928 (bread- 
fruit, Tahiti). 
Broussonetia papyrifera: Ruiz, H., 1940 (introduction, Tahiti to Peru).—Sims, J., 
1823a (Tahiti). 
Ficus; Brown, N. E., 1888 ("cannoni").—Diels, L., 1938 (Micronesia).—Jumelle, 
H., 1898 (prolixa).—Lyon, H. L., 1922 (for Hawaii).—Miquel, F. A. W., 1847- 
48 (monogr.); 1867 (crit.).—Moore, T., 1881a (exsculpta).—Poisson, J., 1900 
(Prolixa).—Solereder, H., 1903 (cannonii).—Summerhayes, V. S., 1933a (glandi- 
fera); 1933b (nasuta); 1939 (syst. Samoa); 1940 (se. Polynesia).—Warburg, 
0., 1905, 1921 (n. spp. New Caledonia). 
Sitodiam: Fosberg, F. R., 1939e (= Ar to car pus). 
MUSACEAE 
Baker, J, G., 1893 (synop.).—Joret, H., 1888 (ornamental, economic).—Schumann, 
K., 1900 (monogr.). 
Mum: Anonymous, 1890b (seemanni).—Auld, W., and Jaeger, A., 1889 (Hawaiian 
varieties).—Baker, J. G., 1894 (crit.).—Carpenter, G, 1919 (diseases).—Coster, 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 389 
S. E. H., 1938 (agr. notes).—Hooker, J. D,, 1901b (oleracca),—MacCaughey, 
V., 1918f, 1919a (Hawaii).—Mills, W., 1850 (covendishii)Naudin, C., 1850 
(cauendishii).—Parham. B. E. V.. 1938a (Fiji).—Pope, W. T., 1926a (Hawaii).— 
Pucci, A., 1906 (crit.).—Sagot, P., 1886 (fehi).—Wildemann, E. de, 1912 
(monogr.). 
MYOPORACEAE 
Bennett, G., 1832b (Myoporum tenuifolium).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-44 (pt. LXII) 
(New Caledonia).—Kranzlin, F.t 1910 (M. cunetfolium, tubiflorum); 1929a 
(monogr.).—Skottsberg, C, 1933c (Rarotonga). 
MYRICACEAE 
Canacomyrica: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LVII) (n. gen. New Caledonia). 
MYRI STIC ACE AE 
Candolle, A. de, 1857a (monogr.).—Markgraf, F., 1938 (Micronesia).—Warburg, 
O., 1897 (monogr,). 
MYRSINACEAE 
Candolle, A, de, 1834, 1841, 1844a, (monogr.) •—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LX) 
(revis. New Caledonia).—Hosaka, E. Y., 1940 (revis. Myrsine, Suttonia, Rafanea 
Hawaii).—Mez, C, 1902, 1920 (monogr.); 1921 (Micronesia).—Oliver, D., 1894a 
(Ardisia megaphylla).—Sprague, T. A,, 1944 (Rapatiea mccomishii). 
MYRTACEAE 
Berg. O., 1854 (revis. C. Amer. spp.).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A, 1864c, 1865b, 
1865e, 1866c (crit n. spp. New Caledonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1828d, 1841 
(monogr.).—Diels, L., 1921c (Micronesia) ; 1922 (Papua).—Guillaumin, A., 1914- 
45 (pts. XXXIV, LIII) (New Caledonia). 
Acicalyptus: Gray, A., 1855a (n. gen.).—Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1937 
(revis.). 
Baeckia: Andrews, H. C., 1810b (virgata),—Regel, E. von, 1876 (parvula). 
Cleistocalyx: Merrill, E. D., and Perry, L. M., 1937 (revis.), 
cio&eia: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863d. 
Eugenia: Guillaumin, A., 1916 (revis. New Caledonia).—Kanehira, R., 1916 
(ponapense).—MacCaughey, V., 1916j (Hawaii). 
Fremya: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863b (New Caledonia).—Houllet, E., 1865 
(aurantiaca). 
Lepto«permum cUiatum: Gugerli, K., 1939. 
Metrosideros: MacCaughey, V., 1918m (polymorpha).—Rolfe, R. A., 1920 (col- 
lino).—Rock, J. F., 1917c (revis.).—Smith, J. E., 1797 (villosct).—St. John, H., 
and Hosaka, E. Y., 1935 (n. spp ). 
Nelitris (Decaspermum) jambosella: Lindley, J., 1821-24. 
Paraeugenia imthumti: Turrill, W. B., 1915a. 
Pleurocalyptus: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1867b (New Caledonia). 
Psidium: MacaCughey, V., 1917g (Hawaii).—Simmonds, H. W., 1934. 
Parpareostemon: Gugerli, K.t 1939. 
Schizocalyx: Heckel, E., 1911b (New Caledonia). 
Spomolepia: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863d, 1867a (crit.).—Heckel, E., 1911b 
(New Caledonia). 
390 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
Tristaniopsis: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863b (New Caledonia). 
Xanthomyrtus pergracilis: Diets, I ., 1922. 
Xanthostemon: Pampanini, R., and Pampaloni, L., 1905—0C> (crit.). 
NAJADACEAE 
Braun, A., 1864 (revis. Najas).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt XLVI) (Fluviales, 
New Caledonia).—Rendle, A. B., 1899 (revis. Najas) ; 1901 (monogr.). 
NEPENTHACEAE 
B,, 1904 (Nepenthes vieillardii).—Dubard, M., 1906a (New Caledonia); 1828 
(Neth. E. Indies).—Hemsley, W. B., 1906 {N. phyllamphora).—Hooker, J. D.( 
1873b (monogr.).—MacFarlane, J. M., 1908 (monogr.). 
NYCTAGINACEAE 
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 186Id (Vieillardia austro-caledonica).—Choisy, 
J. D., 1849 (monogr.).—Heimerl, A., 1913a (Calpidia) ; 1913b (Calpidia, Rockia) ; 
1913c (Samoa) ; 1937 (Polynesia).— Seetnann, B., 1863c (Coedes vs. Pisonia).— 
Skottsberg, C., 1936b (arboreous spp. Hawaii) ; 1941c (Heimerliat Heimerlio- 
deridron).—Valeton, T., 1914a (Papua). 
OLACACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 18241 (monogr,).—Schellenberg, G., 1923a (New Guinea).— 
Valeton, T., 1886 (revis.). 
OLEACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1844 (monogr. Jasmineae). 
Jasminum: Andrews, H. C., 1800b (gracile).—B., 1905 (didymum, stmplicifolium). 
—Bailey, L. H., 1940a (crit.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. Ill) (New Guinea).— 
Hooker, J. D.f 1878a (didymum).—Ker, J. B., 1822 (gracile); 1824 (simplid- 
folium).—Knoblauch, E., 1936 (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Mueller, F. von, 1881a 
(betchei).—Sims, J., 1807a (simplicifolium). 
Linociera sessiliflorum: Lingelsheim, A. von, 1930. 
Notelaea: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXXII) (New Caledonia).—Knoblauch, E., 
1936 (crit). 
Osmanthus: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXXII) (New Caledonia).—Knoblauch, 
E,, 1936.—Nakai, T., 1930 (crit.), 
ONAGRACEAE 
Fuchsia cyrtandroides: Munz, P. A., 1943. 
OPILIACEAE 
Schellenberg, G., 1923a (New Guinea). 
ORCHIDACEAE 
Ames, O., 1914 (Guam); 1932a, 1933 (New Hebrides, Santa Cruz).—Atherton, 
F. C., 1933 (cult. Hawaii).—Fletschmann, H., and Rechinger, K., 1910 (Samoa).— 
Fosberg, F. R., 1940a (Melanesia).—Fukuyama, N., 1939 (n. spp. Kusaie Island).— 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXV) (key New Caledonia).—Hemsley, W. B., 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 391 
1885a (distrib.).—Horaninow, P., 1862 (crit.).—Kranzlin, F., 1886 ("Gazelle" 
exped.); 1893 (crit.); 1901-04 (monogr.); 1909 (n. spp. Samoa); 1910-11, 1911 
(monogr.); 1914, 1928a, 1928b, 1929b, 1932 (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands).— 
Lindley, J., 1830-40 (gen., spp.) ; 1852-59 (enum.).—MacCaughey, V., 19161 
(Hawaii).—Mueller, F. von, 1881b (Samoa).—Pfitzer, E., and Kranzlin, F., 1907 
(monogr. Coelogyninae).—Reichenbach, H. G. (fil.), 1847-76, 1858-1900 (n. spp.); 
1868 (Fiji); 1878-81 (WiJkes exped.).—Rolfe, R. A., 1893-1922 (n, spp.).— 
Schlechter, R., 1900 (monogr. Podochilinae) ; 1906, 1906-12 (n. spp.); 1910-11 
(revis. Samoa); 1921a (Micronesia).—Schuster, K., 1931-36 (index illus.).— 
Tuyama, T., 1939, 1941d (crit Micronesia).—Williams, L, O., 1938a (enum. Fiji); 
1939 (n. spp. Samoa, Ponape, Fiji). 
Acantfaophippium vitiense: Williams, L. O., 1941a. 
Acianthus: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XV) (revis. New Caledonia).—Kranzlin 
F., 1894-95 (cymbcdariaefotius). 
Acriopsis: Fukuyama, N„ 1938 (n. sp). 
Aeranthus sphenochilus; Kranzlin, F., 1928a. 
Aerides: Morren, E., 1876 (enum. cult. spp.).—Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1866 
(fhibautianum). 
Agrostophyllum drakeanum: Kranzlin, F., 1903. 
Anectochilus: Fosberg, F. R., 1938-43 (n, spp.). 
Arundina kanekirae: Yamamoto, Y., 1933. 
Bulbophyllum: Ames, O., 1922 (nigroscapitm),—Smith, J. J., 1912a (sect. 
Cirrhopetalum). 
Calanthe: Finet, E. A., 1899 (balansae).—Mueller, F. von, 1885b (langei) 
Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1882a, 1882b (bracteosa); 1883-86 (anchorifera). 
Chiloschista: Diets, L., and Mansfeld, R., 1932 (n. spp.). 
Cirrhopetalum: Hooker, J. D., 1892b (thouarsii).—Hooker, W, J., 1846 (thouarsii). 
—Kranzlin, F., 1894-95 (layardt).—Lindley, J., 1838a, 1843b (thouarsii).—Smith, 
J. J., 1912a (sect, of Bulbophyllum). 
Coelogyne lycastroides: Kranzlin, F., 1894-95. 
Corybas: Schlechter, R., 1923. 
Corysanthes: Schlechter, R., 1923. 
Cymbidinm triste: Hooker, W. J., 1839. 
Cystopus: Smith, J. J., 1934. 
Dendrobium: Finet, E. A., 1903a, 1903b (enum. Paris herb.).—Fukuyama, N., 
1937a (n. spp. Micronesia).—Hooker, W. J., 1861 (linguaeforme),—Kranzlin, F., 
1894-95 (mooreana) ; 1922 (vitiense).—Lindley, J., 1835b (biflorum); 1843a 
(macranthum); 1844 (enum.); 1857-58 (n. spp.).—Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 
1862 (mohlianum); 1877a (tipuliferum); 1877b (petri); 1877d (dactylodes); 
1883-86, 1886 (inauditum).—Rolfe, R. A., 1889 (fairfaxii) ; 1912 (imthurnii).— 
Swartz, 0, 1799, 1800, 1805a (crit.); 1805b (crispatum).—Tuyama, T., 1941c 
(spurless). 
Dipodium freycinetioides: Fukuyama, N., 1937c. 
Epipactis: Eaton, A. A., 1908 (crit). 
Eria acutissima: Reichenbach, H. G., (filius), 1876. 
Etoeria. See Hetaeria. 
Galeola ponapensis: Tuyama, T,, 1940d. 
Grammatophyllum elegans: Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1882c.—Williams, L. O., 
1938b. 
Hetaeria: Reichenbach, H. G. (filius), 1877d (whitmeei).—Tuyama, T., 1938c 
(raymtmdi). 
Liparis: Finet, E, A., 1908 (chalandei).—Fukuyama, N.f 1938 (n. sp.).—Mueller, 
F. von, 1885c (tayardi).—Ridley, H, N., 1886 (monogr.).—Williams, L. O., 1941b. 
392 CONTRIBUTIONS from the national herbarium 
Lnisia teretifolia: Tuyama, T., 1944. 
Malaxfo: Ridley, H. N., 1888 (revis.).—Swartz, 0., 1805b (rheedii).—Williams, 
L. 0., 1938b (margaretae). 
Microstylis: Fukuyama, N., 1938 (n. sp.).—Kranzlin, F., 1922 (platychUa).-—Rid- 
ley, H. N., 1888 (revis.). 
Microtatorchis: Fukuyama, N., 1937a (n. sp.). 
Nervilia: Fukuyama, N., 1937b, 1940 (n. spp.). 
Notiophrya commelynae: Lindley, J., 1857-58. 
Oberonia tridtfolia: Hooker, W. J., 1850. 
Odontochilus upoluensis: Kranzlin, F., 1922. 
Pelma neo-caledonicum: Finet, E. A., 1909. 
Phajus robertsii: Mueller, F.( 1886a. 
Phreatia tahitensis: Lindley, J.t 1857-58. 
Pomatocalpa vaupelii: Smith, J. J., 1912b. 
Pristiglottis: Smith, J. J., 1934 (crit.). 
Pseuderia smitkiana: Schweinfurth, C., 1943. 
Saccolabium mirnus: Reichenbach, H. G.t (filius), 1878. 
Sarcanthus nagarcnsis: Smith. J. J., 1912b.—Williams, L. O., 1938b. 
Serapias: Eaton, A. A., 1908 (crit.). 
Serapiastrum: Eaton, A. A., 1908 (crit.). 
Spathoglottis: Hooker, J. D, 1878c (petri) ; 1888a (viettlardii).—Reichenbach, 
H. G., (films), 1877c (petri) ; 1883 {pacified). 
Taeniophyllum: Fukuyama, N., 1937a (n. spp.), 
Trichochilus neo-ebudicus: Ames, O., 1932b. 
Vanilla: Suckling, J. J. C., 1939 (planifolia).—Tuyama, T., 1940d (pottapensts).— 
Yamamoto, Y., 1933 (ponapensis). 
OROBANCHACEAE 
Lyon, H. L,, 1920b (Aeginetia indica). 
OXALIDACEAE 
Oxalis: Calder, C. C., 1919 (corymb osa or mar liana).—Knuth, R., 1919 (novae- 
caledoniae); 1930 (monogr.).—Tuyama, T., 1942b (baktensis). 
PALMAE 
Andr£, E., 1885-87 (cult).—Beccari, O., 1914 (n. spp. Samoa, Fiji); 1918 
(Lepidocaryeae) ; 1920 (New Caledonia) ; 1921a (Corypheae) ; 1921b (New Cale- 
donia) ; 1924 (n. spp. Micronesia) ; 1931 (Corypheae).—Brongniart, A., 1873, 
1874b (New Caledonia).—Burret, M., 1928a (crit.); 1935a (n. spp. Fiji) ; 1935b 
(crit.) ; 1940 (in Bishop Mus.).—Hooker, J. D., 1884 (cult Kew).—Judd, C. S., 
1916 (algaroba, royal palm, Hawaii).—Kanehira, R., 1936b (Micronesia).— 
Kerchove de Denterghem, O. de, 1878 (monogr.).—MacCaughey, V., 1912 (Hono- 
lulu).—Martelli, U., 1934a, 1935a, 1935b (crit Areceae).—Martius, K. F. P. von, 
1831-50 (monogr.),—Milne, W., 1860a (Fiji).—Rock, J. F., 1917c (crit).— 
Roster, G., 1913-15 (cult. Italy); 1920-21 (frost resistant).—Salomon, C, 1877b 
(enum. cult).—Seemann, B., 1856, 1857 (history).—Taylor, W., 1900 (list 
Hawaii).—Tuyama, T., 1941b (vernacular names Palau).—Vieillard, E., 1873 
(New Caledonia).—Watson, W., 1884-93 (cult.).—Wendland, H.t 1862 (enum. 
crit.).—Wendland, HM and Drude, O., 1875 (enum., crit.). 
Areca: Buyssens, A., 1898 (ilsemanni).—Hooker, J. D., 1868 (baueri).—Jack, 
H. W., 1936 (catechu).—Jan, 5. R., 1937 (catechu),—Lemaire, C,, 1856 (catechu) ; 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 393 
I860 (sapida, baueri); 1868 (baueri).—OstinelH, V., 1921 (sapida).—Pynacrt, C., 
1904 (ilsemanni). 
Balaka: Bailey, L. H., 1935 (n. spp.), 
Basselinia; Vieillard, E.f 1873 (New Caledonia). 
Calamus vitiensis: Beccari, 0., 1908. 
Chambe;rronia: Vieillard, E., 1873 (New Caledonia). 
Caipoxylon: Burret, M., 1932 (crit.). 
Clinostigma: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.), 
Cocos nucifera: Beccari, O., 1917b (origin).—Chiovenda, E.f 1923 (origin).— 
Edmondson, C. H., 1941 (viability).—Mayuranathan, P. V., 1938 (origin).— 
Miller, C. D., 1929 (food value). 
Coelococcus carolinensis: Dingier, H., 1887.—Sadebeck, R., 1899.—Warburg, O., 
1896. 
Colpothrinax: Bailey, L. H., 1940c (crit.). 
Cyphokentia: Andre, E.f 1879b (robusta).—Brongniart, A., 1873 (New Caledonia). 
—Eepoel, A. van, 1895 (Undent). 
Cyphosperma: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.). 
Denea: Cook, O, F., 1926 (n. gen.); 1927 (crit.). 
Drymophloeus filifera: Scheffer, R. H. C. C., 1876b. 
Eupritchardia: Bailey, L. H„ 1933, 1940c (crit.).—Cook, O. F., 1915 (crit.). 
Exorrhiza wendlandiam: Hooker, J. D., 1901a. 
Goniocladus: Burret, M., 1940 (n. gen.). 
Goniosperma: Burret, M., 1935 (n. gen.). 
Gulubia: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.). 
Howea (see also Kentia): Andre, E., 1897 (belmoreana).—Anonymous, 1890a 
(belmoreana).—Bailey, L, H,, 1939 (belmoreanat forsteriano).—Beccari, O., 1913 
(revis.).—Cook, O. F., 1927 (crit. cult.).—Hooker, J. D., 1888b (belmoreana).— 
Riccobo:io, V., 1906 (belmoreana).—Wright, Charles Henry, 1918 (belmoreana). 
Juania: Drude, O., 1878 (n. gen.).—Pynaert, E., 1896 (aus traits). 
Kajewskia: Burret, O., 1932 (crit.). 
Kentia (see also Howea): Ancona, C. d', 1884 (belmoreana).—Andre, E., 1877b 
(Undent).—Beccari, O., 1913 (revis.).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864£ (New 
Caledonia).—Brongniart, A., 1873 (New Caledonia).—Cook, O. F., 1926 (forsteri- 
ano) ; 1927 (cult. California).—D., A., 1873 (canterburyana, forsteriana).— 
Ed wart, A., 1872 (forsteriana).—Eepoel, A. van, 1895 (Undent).—Fournier, E., 
1876e (oracilis).—Geert, A. van, 1887 (Lord Howe Island).—Houtte, L. van, 
1873c (canterburyana).—Kercliove de Denterghem, O. de, and Pynaert, E., 1885 
(cult.).—Moore, T., 1872e (canterburyana); 1884a (Undent).—Pynaert* E., 1884 
(belmoreana),—Rodigas, E., 1882b (luctana).—Vieillard, E., 1873 (New Cale- 
donia).—W., 1885 (crit.).—Watson, W., 1890 (forsteriana). 
Kentiopsis: Andre, E., 1884b (tnacrocarpa).—Brongniart, A., 1873 (n. spp. New 
Caledonia).—Linden, J., 1881a (divaricata).—Rodigas, E., 1882b (luciani). 
Licania: Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XII) (n. spp. New Caledonia). 
Metroxylon vitiensis: Parham, B. E. V., 1939b. 
Pelagodoxa: Bois, D., 1917, 1919, 1924 (henryano).—Burret, M., 1928b (meso- 
carpa).—Cuny, L., 1924 (henryana).—Martelli, U., 1932c (henryana). 
Pinanga nucronesica: Kanehira, R.t 1936b. 
Pritchardiii: Andre, E., 1874a (pacifica) ; 1874c (grandis) ; 1879f (macrocarpa) ; 
1883 (vuylstekeana).—Anonymous, 1874a (grandis).—Bailey, L. H., 1933 (crit.). 
—Beccari, O., 1889, 1907, 1913 (syst.).—Beccari, O., and Rock, J, F.t 1921 
(monogr.).—Caum, E. L., 1930b (n. spp. Hawaii).—Cook, O. F., 1915 (crit.).— 
Devansaye, A. de la, 1876 (grandis).—Drude, O., 1887 (thurstoni),—MacCaughey, 
394 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
V., 1918h (Hawaii).—PI anchor, J. E., 1877a (pacifica).—Rock, J. F., 1916b 
(btccariana).—Seemann, B., 18621 (pacifica).—St. John, H., 1932 (crit.). 
Pritchardiopsis: Beccari, O., 1910 (n. spp.). 
Rhopalostylis: Beccari, O., 1917a (crit).—Ostinclli, V., 1921 (sapida). 
Sagus amicarum: Wendland, H., 1878. 
Styloma: Bailey, L. H., 1933 (crit.).—Cook, O. F., 1915 (crit.). 
Taveunia: Burret, M., 1935 (n. gen.), 
Veitchia: Andre, E,, 1883b, 1884a (joannis).—Anonymous, 1883a, 1883b, 1897 
(joannis).—Houtte, L. van, 1873c (canterburyana).—Watson, W., 1883 (joatmis). 
PANDANACEAE 
Brongniart, A., 1875 (New Caledonia).—Martelli, U., 1910—13 (enum,); 1912 
(Caroline Islands); 1913 (Samoa); 1914 (n, spp.); 1920 (New Caledonia); 
1930a (Fiji); 1930b (Tonga) ; 1931, 1932a (New Hebrides); 1932b (Marquesas); 
1932d (Society Islands); 1933a (distrib.); 1933b (Tahiti); 1933c (Rarotonga); 
1934b (Micronesia); 1934c (Samoa).—Solms-Laubach, H., 1879 (raonogr.),— 
Verona, O, 1931 (new diseases).—Warburg, O., 1900 (monogr.). 
Barr^ja pancheri: Andre, E., 1877c. 
Freycinetia: Gouas, L., 1857 (cult.).—Martelli, U., 1910 (n. spp.). 
Hombronia edulis: Mueller, F. von, 1891. 
Pandanus: Balfour, I., 1883 (jaskei); 1878a (enum.).—G., 1872 (enum.).— 
Hosokawa, T., 1937b (fatyanion).—Kanehira, R., 1935e, 1936a, 1936-38 (Micro- 
nesia).—Kayser, P. A., 1934 (Naauru).—Koch, K., 1870 (decorus).—Martelli, 
U., 1904 (New Caledonia); 1905 (zvhitmeeanus) ; 1907 (n. spp.); 1926 (Fanning 
Island); 1929 (odoratissimus vs. tectorius); 1930c (odoratissimus Hawaii).— 
Moore, T., 1871a (veitchii). 
PAPAVERACEAE 
Fcddc, F., 1909a (monogr.).—Friedel, J., 1933, 1934 (Oceanopapaver neo-cale- 
donicum).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXVIII) (New Caledonia). 
PASSIFLORACEAE 
Masters, M. T., 1871 (crit.). 
Disemma: Hooker, W. J., 1845a (aurantia).—Seemarm, B., 1862n (caervlescens). 
Muroeuja baueri: Lindley, J., 1821-24. 
Paasiflora: Andrews, H. C., 1803 (aurantia).—Exell, A. W., 1925 (jamoetww).— 
Ker, J. B., 1817 (adiantifolia) — MacCaughey, V., 1916k (Hawaii).—Lawrance, 
M., 1799-1800 (adiantifolia). 
PHILYDRACEAE 
Caruel, T., 1881 (monogr.).—Hooker, J. D., 1873e (Pkilydrum glaberrintum). 
PHYTOLACCACEAE 
Walter, H., 1909 (monogr.). 
PIPERACEAE 
Candolte, C. de, 1866 (n, spp.) ; 1869 (monogr.) ; 1898 (n. spp. Tahiti, Hawaii); 
1910, 1913a (Samoa); 1916, 1920 (New Caledonia); 1921 (n. spp.); 1923 (key). 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 
—Foster;, F. R., 1940a (Melanesia).—Kunth, K. S., 1839 (crit); 1843-44 
(revis.); 1846 (Ulus.).—Skottsberg, C, 1944b (Hawaii). 
Macropiper: See Piper. 
methysticum: Farwell, O. A., 1917-19. 
Peperomia: Candolle, C. de, 1908 (n. spp. New Hebrides) ; 1912 (n. spp. Hawaii) ; 
1913a (revis. Hawaii); 1917 (subpallescens).—Hooker, W. J., 1837d ([margariti- 
fera).—Mique!, F. A. W., 1843b (n. spp. Hawaii).—St. John, H., 1943b (crit 
Hawaii).—Yuncker, T. G., 1933a, 1933b (revis. Hawaii).—Yuncker, T. G, and 
Gray, W. D.t 1934 (anat. Hawaii spp.).—Yuncker, T. G., 1937a (teratology); 
1937b (n. spp. Hawaii); 1938 (revis. Micronesia) ; 1943b (it spp. Fiji). 
Piper: Bennett, G., 1832c (methysticum).—Farwell, O. A., 1917-19 (esculentum).— 
Home, E., 1847 (methysticum).—Jan, S. R, 1937 (betie).—Kunth, K. S., 1840 
(latifolium).—Moore, J. W.t 1934 (methysticum).—Parham, B. £. V., 1935 
(disease oi methysticum) ; 1938-40 (aduncum).—Smith, A. C., 1941-46 (crit.). 
PITTOSPORACAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LVIII) (New Caledonia). 
Pittotporum: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1864d (n. spp. New Caledonia).— 
Burkill, I. H., 1898 (spathaceum).—Dubard, M., 1911a (heckeli).—Guillaumin, 
A., 1914-45 (pt. LVIII) (revis. New Caledonia).—Putterlick, A., 1839 (synop.). 
—Rock, J. F,, 1910 (hosmeri).—Sherff, E. E., 1941a, 1941b (crit); 1942b (revis.). 
—Skottsberg, C., 1944b (Hawaii).—Wawra, H., 1883 (cauliflorum). 
PLANTAGINACBAE 
Barndoud, F. M., 1845 (monogr.).—Decaisne, J.f 1852a (monogr.).—Pilger, R., 
1923 (crit Plantago Hawaii) ; 1922 (P. major); 1936 (n. spp. PI an tag o) ; 1937 
(monogr.).—Rock, J. F., 1920b (Plantago Hawaii). 
PLATANACEAE 
Platanus otahetianus: Ruiz, H., 1940 (c=Brotissonetia papyrifera—Moraceae). 
PLUM B AGINACE AE 
Boissier, E., '1848 (monogr.). 
POLYGALACEAE 
Chodat, R, 1390-93 (monogr.). 
POLYGONACEAE 
Danser, B. H., 1927 (Neth. E. Indies).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XLVII) (New 
Caledonia).—Meisner, C. F.t 1857a (monogr.).—Rechinger, K. H. (filius), 1934 
\Rumex Juan Fem&ndez). 
PORTULACACEAE 
Candolle, A, P. de, 1828e (monogr.).—Fenzl, E,, 1836, 1839 (monogr.).—Mehrlick, 
F. P., and Fitzpatrick, H. M.( 1935 (pathogene). 
Portulacca: Egler, F. E., 1937 (cyanosperma) ; 1938 (caumii, villosa).—Poellnitz, 
K. von, 1933 Cswwefww); 1934b (monogr.); 1936 (list se. Polynesia). 
, Talinnm: Poellnitz, K. von, 1934a (monogr.). 
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
POTAMOGETONACEAE 
Ascherson, P., 1867-68, 1871, 1875a, 1875b, 1876a, 1876b ("sea-grasses"),—Ascher- 
son, P., and Graebner, P., 1907 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A,, 1914-45 (pt. XLVI) 
(Fluviales New Caledonia).—St. John, H., and Fosberg, F. R., 1939 (Ruppia 
maritime).—Setchell, W. A, 1934 (distrib.). 
PRIMULACEAE 
Duby, J. E,, 1844 (monogr.).—Pax, F., and Knuth, R.t 1905 (monogr.).—Rock, 
J. F.t 1910 (Lysimachia gluimosa).—St. John, H., 1933 (crit. Lysiniachia Hawaii). 
PROTEACEAE 
Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1863a, 1865a, 1871c (New Caledonia).—Brown, R., 
1810 (New Caledonia).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXIX) (New Caledonia). 
—Meisner, C. F., 1857b (monogr.). 
Garniera: Brongniart, A., and Gris, A,, 1871b. 
Grevillea: Hooker, W. J., 1855b (gillivrayi).—Macgillivray, J., 1854 (gillivrayi).— 
Sleumer, H., 1939b (microttesica). 
Kermadeda..vitiensis: Turrill, W. B., 1915b. 
Lomatia milnei: Hooker, W. J., 1855b. 
Macadamia: Beaumont, J. H., 1939 (introd. Hawaii). 
Stenocarpus: Brown, R., 1810 (forsteri).—Macgillivray, J., 1854 (milnei) 
Zahlbruckner, A., 1888 (grunowii). 
RAFFLESIACEAE 
Hooker, J. D, 1873c (monogr. "Cytinaceae").—Solms-Laubach, H., 1901 
(monogr.). 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824a (monogr,).—Kuntze, 0, 1885 (monogr. Clematis). 
RHAMNACEAE 
Braid, K. W.t 1925 (revis. A!phitonia).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1825b (monogr.).— 
Fosberg, F. R„ 1938-43 (n. spp. Gomnia).—Guillaumin, A. 1914-45 (pt XX) 
(New Caledonia).—Lauterbach, K., 1921e (Micronesia).—Seemann, B., 1862£ 
(Smythea pacified).—Sprague, T. A., 1915 (Bmmenosperma pancherumum).— 
Summerhayes, V. S., 1928 (Smythea pacified, lanceolata). 
RHIZOPHORACEAE 
Bentham, G., 1859 (synop. Legnotideae).—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A,, 1861e 
(crit. Crossostylis).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt, I) (New Caledonia).— 
Kariyone, T., 1927 (mangroves).—MacCaughey, V., 1917k (Rhizophora, Hawaii). 
—Salvoza, F. M., 1936 (monogr. Rhixophora). See also in Section I—Mangroves. 
ROSACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1825f (monogr.). 
Acaena: Bitter, G., 1911, 1912 (monogr,). 
Fragaria sandwicensis: Vilmorin, [J. M.] P. L. de, 1905. 
Osteomeles anthyllidifolia ■' Hooker, J. D,, 1894c.—Lindley, J., 1821.—Preston, 
F. G., 1923.—1Wenzig, T.f 1874. 
WALKER—SUBJECT INDEX TO MERRILL'S BIBLIOGRAPHY 401 
Phaleria).—Gray, A., 1865 (n. spp.).—Knuth, P., 1898-190S (Pkaleria acuminata). 
—Meisner, C. F., 1857c (monogr.).—Meyer, K. A., 1843a, 1843b (crit. Daphnaceae). 
TILIACEAE 
Baillon, H., 1871a (Solmsia),—Burret, M.p 1926-36 (syst.); 1940 (Bishop Mus. 
coll.).—Candolle, A. P. de, 1824h (monogr.).—Jussieu, A. L. de, 1804 (revis. 
Grewia).—Szyszylowicz, I. von, 1885-86a, 1885-86b (monogr.). 
TRIURIDACEAE 
Giesen, H., 1938 (monogr.). 
Andruris palawensis: Tuyama, T., 1938a. 
Sciaphila: Fedde, F., 1908a (aneitensis).—Hemsley, W. B., 1907a (anW/«ww).— 
Schinz, H., 1914 (dolichostyla). 
TYPHACEAE 
Graebner, P., 1900 (monogr.). 
ULMACEAE 
Lauterbach, K., 1913 (Papua).—Planch on, J. E.f 1848 (syst.); 1873 (monogr.). 
Trema: Lauterbach, K., 1913 (revis.). 
UMBELLIFERAE 
Baillon, H., 1878a (crit.),—Brongniart, A., and Gris, A., 1861a (Myodocarpus); 
18656 (n. spp. New Caledonia).—Buwalda, F.f 1936 {Hydrocotyle vulgaris).— 
Domin, K., 1908 (monogr. Centella).—Nannfeldt, J. A., 1924 (revis. Centella).— 
Sprague, T. A., 1923 (Apium leptophyllum).—St. John, H., and Hosaka, E, Y.} 
1935 (Sanicula Hawaii).—WolfF, H., 1913, 1927 (monogr.). 
URTICACEAE 
Blume, C. L., 1849-56 (tax on.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914—45 (pt. LXXVI) (New 
Caledonia).—Planchon, J. E., 1848 (syst.).—Steudel, E, G., 1850 (n. spp.).— 
Weddell, H. A., 1854 (review); 1856-57, 1869 (monogr.). 
Elatostema: Robinson, C. B., 1911 (sessile).—Schroter, H., and Winkler, H., 
1935-36 (monogr.). 
Fleurya glaberrima: Beck, G. von, 1888b. 
Leucosyke: Unruh, M., 1943 (monogr.). 
Pilea bisepala: St. John, H., 1931a. 
Pipturtis: Krajina, V., 1930b (n. spp.)Skottsberg, C.( 1931b, 1932a (n. spp.); 
1932b, 1933a (crit.) ; 1934b (Hawaii). 
Procris: Schroter, H.f 1938 (monogr.). 
Pseudopipturu*: Skottsberg, C, 1933a. 
Touchardia latifolia: MacCaughey, V., 19181. 
VACCINIACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 18319(1 (monogr.).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXXX) 
(Vaccinium New Caledonia).—Hooker, W. J., 1837c (V. cereum).—Klotzsch, 
J. F., 1851 (n. spp. Hawaii).—Mueller, F. von, 1875c (V. whitmeei).—Nuttall, T., 
1843 (n. spp.).—Skottsberg, C., 1927c (revis. Hawaii); 1933b (V. cereum) ; 1934a, 
1937a (crit ).—Sleumer, H., 1942 (revis. Vaccinium Papua). 
402 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
VERBENACEAE 
Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. XXXIII) (New Caledonia) —Junell, S., 1934 
(morphol.).—Lam, H, J,, 1919 (revis.); 1924 (Micronesia).—Lam, H. J., and 
Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C,, 1921 (Neth. E. Indies and vicinity).—Moldenke, 
H. N., 1942a (names); 1942b (collections); 1942c, 1945 (distrib.).—Schauer, 
J. C., 1847 (monogr.). 
Clerodendron: Seemann, B., 1862h (atnicoruni), 
Faradaya: Seemann, B., 1865. 
Lantana camara (crocea): Fosberg, F. R., 1937d.—Heckel, E., 1911a,—Kermack, 
J., 1928.—Lever, R. J. A. W., 1931, 1944.—Parhatn, B. E. V., 1940.—Simmonds, 
H. W., 1932a, 1934.—Turbet, C. R., 1929,1931. 
Nesogenes euphrasioides: Hemsley, W. B., 1913. 
Oxera: Bocquillon, M H., 1861 (crit.) ; 1861-63 (revis,).—Carriers, E. A., 1890 
(pulchella).—Credner, A. von, 1888 (pulchella).—Dubard, M,, 1906b (revis.); 
1907 (crit.).—Fenzl, E., 1843 (crit.)—Hooker, J. D., 1887a (pulchella),—Jarry- 
Desloges, R., 1940 (pulchella).—Rodigas, E., 1889 (pulchella).—Vieillard, E., 
1862b (crit.).—Watson, W., 1888 (pulchella). 
Petrea: Moldenke, N. H., 1938 (monogr,). 
Premna taitensis: Anonymous, 1882b. 
Rhaphithaxnnus: Miers, J., 1870 (longiflorus).—Moldenke, H. N., 1937 (monogr.). 
Stachytarpheta: Lever, R. J, A. W., 1944 (urticae folia).—Simmonds, H. W., 1934 
(jamaicensis). 
Tectona grandts: Surridge, H R., 1938b (germination, Fiji). 
Verbena nudiflora: Turczaninow, N., 1863. 
Vitex: Lam, H. J., 1922 (crit). 
VIOLACEAE 
Becker, W., 1916 (Viola Hawaii).—Brongniart, A., 1861 (Agation New Caledonia, 
Fiji).—Cretzoiu, P., 1941 (Hybanlkus caledonictts).—Gingens [Lassaraz, F. C. J.] 
de, 1826 (Viola chamissoniana, tracheliifolia).—Gray, A., 1852b (Agatea, Isoden- 
dron).—Guillaumin, A., 1914-45 (pt. LXX) (crit. New Caledonia).—Mac- 
Caughey, V., 19161 (Hawaii).—Rock, J, F,f 1911a (n. varieties).—Schulze, G. K. 
von, 1934 (Hybanthus agateoides).—Skan, S. A., 1918 (Meltcytus ramiflorus).— 
Skottsberg, C., 1939a (luciae) ; 1940a (Hawaii). 
VITACEAE 
Lauterbach, K., 1930 (Micronesia).—Planch on, J. E., 1887 (monogr. Ampe- 
lidaceae). 
WINTERACEAE 
Burtt, B. L., 1936b (crit. Bubbia, Drimys).—Dandy, J. E., 1934 (transfers).— 
Hutchinson, J., 1921 (taxon.).—Miers, J., 1858 (crit.).—Smith, A. C., 1943 (crit). 
—Tieghem, P. van, 1900b (crit.).—Vickery, J. W., 1937 (crit. Drimys, Bubbia). 
ZINGIBERACEAE 
Anonymous, 1873 (Alpinia vittata).—Burvenich, F.f 1877 (A. vittaia).—Gagnepain, 
F., 1913 (Samoa).—Horaninow, P., 1862 (monogr.).—Jan, S. R., 1938 (Curcuma 
lotiga).—Schumann, K., 1904 (monogr.). 
ZYGOPHYLLACEAE 
Candolle, A. P. de, 1824n (monogr.). 
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL REFERENCES TO 
GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 
[This list includes some names that do not appear as headings]) 
Admiralty Islands, 342. 
American Samoa (Samoa), 339. 
Ant Atoll (Caroline Islands), 341. 
Austral Islands = Tubuai Islands. 
Bismarck Archipelago, 342. 
Canton Island (Phoenix Islands), 339. 
Caroline Island (Line Island), 338. 
Caroline Islands, 340,349, 353. 
Christmas Island (Line Islands), 338. 
Cook Islands, 334,349, 356,364» 
Crescent Island (Tuamotu Islands), 340. 
Danger Islands, 334. 
Easter Islands, 334, 349,352,357,359,360, 
364. 
Eimeo Island (Society Islands), 339. 
Ellice Islands, 334,349,364. 
Equatorial Islands. See Line Islands. 
Espiritu Santo Island (New Hebrides), 
364. 
Eua, 356. 
Fanning Island (Line Islands), 338. 
Fiji Islands, 342, 349, 353, 357, 358, 359, 
361, 364. 
Flint Island (Line Islands), 338. 
Friendly Islands. See Tonga Islands. 
Funafuti, 334. 
Futuna Island, 338. 
Gambler Islands (Tuamotu Islands), 340, 
353. 
Gilbert Islands, 341,361. 
Guam, 341,353,357. 
Hawaii, Island of, 336. 
Hawaii National Park, 336. 
Hawaiian Islands, 334, 349, 353, 357, 358, 
359,361,364. 
Hervey Islands. See Cook Islands. 
Hilo (Hawaii, Island of), 336. 
Honolulu, 337. 
Home Islands, 338. 
Hualalai, Mount (Hawaii, Island of), 336. 
Humboldt, Mount (New Caledonia), 345. 
Isle of Art, 343. 
Isle of Pines, 343, 349, 358, 361, 364, 369. 
Jaluit Island (Marshall Islands), 341. 
Johnson Island, 338. 
Juan Fernindez, 338, 349, 353, 357, 359, 
361, 364. 
Kahoolawe, 336. 
Kaula Island, 336. 
Kermadec group, 338, 349,353,357. 
Kilauea (Hawaiian Islands), 364. 
Kilauea National Park (Hawaii, Island 
of), 336. 
Kipapa Gulch (Oahu), 337. 
Konahuanui (Oahu), 337. 
Kusaie (Caroline Islands), 341. 
Lanai, 336. 
Lau, Southern (Fiji Islands), 342. 
Laysan Island, 336. 
Leeward Islands, 336. 
Lehua Island, 336. 
Line Islands, 338. 
Lord Howe Island, 344, 349, 357, 361,364. 
Loyalty Islands, 344, 353, 357, 361, 364. 
Makatea Island (Tuamotu Island), 340. 
Maiden Island (Line Islands), 338. 
Mangaia (Cook Islands), 334, 349. 
Mangareva (Tuamotu Islands), 340, 358. 
Manikiki, 334. 
Manoa Valley (Oahu), 337. 
Marcus Island, 341. 
Marianas Islands, 341, 349, 353. 
Marquesas Islands, 338, 358,359, 364. 
Marshall Islands, 341,349, 353. 
Marutea, South (Tuamotu Islands), 340. 
Mam, 336. 
Mauna Island (Samoa), 339. 
Mauna Kea, 336. 
Mauna Loa (Hawaii, Island of), 336,364. 
Melanesia, 342,349,353,361, 364. 
Micronesia, 340,349,353,357,358,361, 364. 
Midway Island, 336. 
Molokai, 336. 
Molokini, 336. 
Naviti Levu (Fiji), 343, 
Necker Islands ( Hawaiian Islands), 357. 
New Caledonia, 344,349, 353, 357, 358, 359, 
361, 363,364, 365, 369. 
New Guinea, 342,346,357,365. 
New Hebrides, 346,349,361,365. 
New Ireland, 346. 
Nihoa Islands (Hawaiian Islands), 357. 
Niihau, 336. 
Niuafoou Island, 338,349. 
403 
404 contributions prom the national herbarium 
Niue Island, 338. 
Norfolk Island, 346, 350, 365. 
Nukahiva (Marquesas Islands), 338, 358. 
Oahu, 337. 
Palau Islands (Caroline Islands), 341/ 
Palmyra Island (Line Islands), 338. 
Pascua Island = Easter Island. 
Paumotu Archipelago=Tuamotu Islands. 
Penrhyn (Line Islands), 338. 
Philip Island (San Cristoval), 346. 
Phoenix Islands, 339. 
Pitcairn Island, 339. 
Polynesia, 333,349,352,356,360,364. 
Ponape (Caroline Islands), 340,341. 
Prony Bay (New Caledonia), 345. 
Pukapuka, 334. 
Raiatea Island (Society Islands), 339,361. 
Raoul Island (Kermadec group), 338. 
Rapa Island (Tubuai Islands), 340. 
Rarotonga, 334, 356. 
Rose Atoll (Samoa), 339. 
Rota Island (Marianas Islands), 341, 
Rotuma Island, 339. 
Samoa, 339, 349,353, 357,359,361,364. 
San Cristoval, 346. 
Santa Cruz Islands, 349,350, 365. 
Society Islands, 339,349,353,357,358,359, 
361, 364. 
Solomon Islands, 346,350,353. 
South Point (Hawaii, Island of), 336. 
Stewart Atolls (Solomon Islands), 346. 
Tahiti, 339,349,353,358,361. 
Tanna (New Hebrides), 346. 
Timoe Island (Tuamotu Islands), 340. 
Tokelau Islands, 340. 
Tonga Islands, 340, 349,356,364. 
Tongatabu (Tonga Islands), 340, 356. 
Truk (Caroline Islands), 341. 
Tuamotu Islands, 340,353,358. 
Tubuai Islands, 340. 
Tutuila Island (Samoa), 339. 
Union Islands, 340. 
Uvea (Wallis Islands), 340. 
Vanikoro (Santa Cruz Islands), 365. 
Vanua Levu (Fiji Islands), 343. 
Vavau Island (Tonga Islands), 340. 
Vostok Island (Line Islands), 338. 
Waianae Mountains (Oahu), 337. 
Waiau, Lake (Hawaii, Island of), 336. 
Wake Island, 341. 
Wallis Islands, 340. 
Yap (Caroline Islands), 341. 
* U. S. Government Printing Office : 1947—700080